SECTION 12B2 - WIRING SYSTEM - MY2000-
Service Precautions
General Description
Notes for Working on Electrical Items
Symbols and Abbreviations
Parts for Electrical Circuit
Reading the Circuit Diagram
Main Data and Specifications
Fuse, Fusible Link and Circuit Breaker
Location
Reference Table of Fuse, Fusible Link
and Circuit Breaker
Relay Location
Diode Location
Grounding Point
Cable Harness Routing
Fuse Block Circuit
Circuit Diagram
Start and Charging
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Engine Control Module (ECM)
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Headlight and Fog Light
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Clearance Light, Taillight and
License Plate Light
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Interior Illumination Light
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Turn Signal Light and Hazard Warning Light
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Stoplight
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Backup Light
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Horn
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Dome Light, Luggage Room Light,
Courtesy Light, Map Light and
Warning Buzzer
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Power Door Lock
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Power Window
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Cruise Control
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Anti–Lock Brake System (ABS)
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
A/T Shift Lock
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Windshield Wiper/Washer
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Service Precaution
WARNING: THIS VEHICLE HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS). REFER TO THE SRS
COMPONENT AND WIRING LOCATION VIEW IN
ORDER TO DETERMINE WHETHER YOU ARE
PERFORMING SERVICE ON OR NEAR THE SRS
COMPONENTS OR THE SRS WIRING. WHEN YOU
ARE PERFORMING SERVICE ON OR NEAR THE SRS
COMPONENTS OR THE SRS WIRING, REFER TO
THE SRS SERVICE INFORMATION. FAILURE TO
FOLLOW WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN POSSIBLE
AIR BAG DEPLOYMENT, PERSONAL INJURY, OR
OTHERWISE UNNEEDED SRS SYSTEM REPAIRS.
CAUTION: Always use the correct fastener in the
proper location. When you replace a fastener, use
ONLY the exact part number for that application.
ISUZU will call out those fasteners that require a
replacement after removal. ISUZU will also call out
the fasteners that require thread lockers or thread
sealant. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, do not
use supplemental coatings (Paints, greases, or other
corrosion inhibitors) on threaded fasteners or
fasteners joint interfaces. Generally, such coatings
adversely affect the fastener torque and the joint
clamping force, and may damage the fasteners.
When you install fasteners, use the correct tightening
sequence and specifications. Following these
instructions can help you avoid damage to parts and
systems.
Rear Wiper/Washer
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Headlight Wiper/Washer
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Rear Defogger
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Audio
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Cigarette Lighter and Digital Clock
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Power Door Mirror
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Anti–Theft System with Keyless Entry
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Meter and Warning/Indicator Light
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
A/T Shift Indicator
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Heater and Air Conditioning
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Sun Roof
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Power Seat
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Seat Heater
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Diagnosis
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)–
Air Bag
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Shift on the Fly System
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Torque on Demand (TOD)
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Transmission Control Module (TCM)
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Trailer Harness Connector
General Description
Circuit Diagram
Parts Location
Connector List
The chassis electrical system is a 12–volt system with a
negative ground polarity.
Wire size are appropriate to respective circuits, and
classified by color. (The classification of harnesses by
color is shown on the circuit diagram for ease of harness
identification.)
The wire size is determined by load capacity and the
length of wire required.
The vehicle harnesses are: body harness, chassis
harness, engine room harness, instrument harness,
transmission harness, engine ECGI harness, dome light
harness, door harness, rear body harness, tailgate
harness, SRS harness and battery cables.
The harnesses are protected either by tape or corrugated
tube, depending on harness location.
The circuit for each system consists of the power source,
wire, fuse, relay, switch, load parts and ground, all of
which are shown on the circuit diagram.
In this section, each electrical device is classified by
system.
For major parts shown on the circuit based on the circuit
diagram for each system, a summary, diagnosis of
troubles and inspection procedures are detailed.
Notes for Working on Electrical
Items
Disconnecting the Battery Cable
1. All switches should be in the “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect the battery ground cable (2).
3. Disconnect the battery positive cable (1).
CAUTION: It is important that the battery ground
cable be disconnected first. Disconnecting the
battery positive cable first can result in a short circuit.
Connecting the Battery Cable
Follow the disconnecting procedure in the reverse order.
CAUTION: Clean the battery terminal and apply a
light coat of grease to prevent terminal corrosion.
Disconnecting the Connector
Some connectors have a tang lock to hold the connectors
together during vehicle operation.
Some tang locks are released by pulling them towards
you (1).
Other tang locks are released by pressing them forward
(2).
Determine which type of tang lock is on the connector
being handled.
Firmly grasp both sides (male and female) of the
connector (3).
Release the tang lock and carefully pull the two halves of
the connector apart.
Never pull on the wires to separate the connectors (4).
2
1
General Description
12
3
4
When removing the connector for relay (MR5B type) (5),
unfasten the tang lock of the connector by using a
screwdriver, then pull the relay out as shown in the figure.
Connecting the Connector
Firmly grasp both sides (male and female) of the
connectors. Be sure that both sides of the connectors are
aligned with each other.
Firmly but carefully push the two sides of the connectors
together until a distinct click is heard (2).
Do not connect them by force if they can not be connected
smoothly (1).
Connector Inspection
Use a circuit tester to check the connector for continuity.
Insert the test probes (1) from the connector wire side.
Never insert the circuit tester test probes (2) into the
connector open end to test the continuity.
Broken or open connector terminals will result.
5
1
2
1
2
W aterproof Connector Inspection
It is not possible to insert the test probes (2) into the
connector wire side of a waterproof connector.
Use one side of a connector (1) with its wires cut to make
the test. Connect the test connector to the connector to
be tested (3). Connect the test probes to the cut wires to
check the connector continuity.
Connector Pin Removal – Connector
Housing Tang Lock Type
1. Insert a slender shaft (1) into the connector housing
open end (5).
2. Push the tang lock (2) up (in the direction of the arrow
in the illustration).
Pull the wire (3) with pin (4) free from the wire side of
the connector.
Connector Pin Removal – Pin Tang Lock
Type
1. Insert a slender shaft (1) into the connector housing
open end (5).
2. Push the tang lock (2) flat (toward the wire (3) side of
the connector.
Pull the wire with pin (4) free from the wire side of the
connector.
Connector Pin Insertion
1. Check that the tang lock (1) is fully up.
2. Insert the pin (3) from the connector wire (2) side.
Push the pin in until the tang lock closes firmly.
3. Gently pull on the wires to make sure that the
connector pin is firmly set in place.
1
3
2
123
54
12
3
4
5
12
3
Parts Handling
Be careful when handling electrical parts. They should not
be dropped or thrown, because short circuit or other
damage may result.
Cable Harness
1. When installing the parts, be careful not to pinch or
wedge the wiring harness.
2. All electrical connections must be kept clean and tight.
3. Use a grommet or guard tube (1) to protect the wiring
harness from contacting a sharp edge or surface (2).
4. Position the wiring harness with enough clearance
from the other parts and guard the wiring harness with
a vinyl tube (2) and clips (1) to avoid direct contact.
12
2
1
5. The wiring harness between engine and chassis
should be long enough (2). Tension of the wire (1) may
causes chafing or damage due to various vibrations.
Splicing Wire
1. If the harness is taped, remove the tape. To avoid wire
insulation damage, use a sewing “seam ripper”
(available from sewing supply stores) to cut open the
harness.
If the harness has a black plastic conduit, simply pull
out the desired wire.
2. Begin by cutting as little wire off the harness as
possible. You may need the extra length of wire later
if you decide to cut more wire off to change the location
of a splice. You may have to adjust splice locations to
make certain that each splice is at least 1–1/2”
(40 mm) away from other splices, harness branches,
or connectors.
3. When replacing a wire, use a wire of the same size as
the original wire.
Check the stripped wire for nicks or cut stands. If the
wire is damaged, repeat the procedure on a new
section of wire. The two stripped wire ends should be
equal in length.
4. Select the proper clip to secure the splice.
To determine the proper clip size for the wire being
spliced, follow the directions included with your clips.
Select the correct anvil on the crimper. (On most
crimpers your choice is limited to either a small or
large anvil.)
Overlap the two stripped wire ends and hold them
between your thumb and forefinger as shown in the
figure.
The center the spline clip (1) under the stripped wires
and hold it in place.
● Open the crimping tool to its full width and rest one
handle on a firm flat surface.
● Center the back of the splice clip on the proper anvil
and close the crimping tool to the point where the back
of the splice clip touches the wings of the clip.
● Make sure that the clip and wires are still in the correct
position. Then, apply steady pressure until the
crimping tool closes as shown in the figure.
2
1
1
Before crimping the ends of the clip (1), be sure that:
●The wires extend beyond the clip in each direction.
●No strands of wire are cut loose, and
●No insulation is caught under the clip.
Crimp the splice again, once on each end.
Does not let the crimping tool (2) extend beyond the edge
of the clip or you may damage or nick the wires as shown
in the figure.
5. Apply 60/40 resin core solder to the opening in the
back of the clip as shown in the figure.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the solder
equipment you are using.
6. Center and roll the splicing tape.
The tape should cover the entire splice.
Roll on enough tape (1) to duplicate the thickness of
the insulation on the existing wires.
Does not flag the tape (2). Flagged tape may not
provide enough insulation, and the flagged ends will
tangle with the other wires in the harness as shown in
the figure.
If the wire does not belong in a conduit or other
harness covering, tape the wire again. use a winding
motion to cover the first piece of tape as shown in the
figure.
1
2
12
Symbols and Abbreviations
Symbols
Symbol Meaning of Symbol
Fuse
Fusible link
Fusible link wire
Switch
Switch
Contact wiring
Battery
Diode
Electronic parts
Resistor
Speaker
Buzzer
Circuit breaker
Symbol Meaning of Symbol
Bulb
Double filament bulb
Motor
Variable register
Rheostat
Coil (inductor), solenoid,
magnetic valve
Relay
Connector
Light emitting diode
Reed switch
Condenser
Horn
Vacuum switching valve
+–
Switch
(Normal close type)
M
Abbreviation Meaning of Abbreviation
A
ABS
ASM
AC
A/C
ACC
A/T
C/B
CSD
DIS
EBCM
ECGI
ECM
ECU
EFE
EGR
4A/T
4WD
FL
FRT
H/L
IC
IG
Ampere (S)
Anti-lock brake system
Assembly
Alternating current
Air conditioner
Accessories
Automatic transmission
Circuit breaker
Cold start device
Direct ignition system
Electronic brake control module
Electronic control gasoline injection
Engine control module
Electronic control unit
Early fuel evaporation
Exhaust gas recirculation
4-speed automatic transmission
Four-wheel drive
Fusible link
Front
Headlight
Integrated circuit
Ignition
Abbreviation Meaning of Abbreviation
kW
LH
LWB
M/T
OD
OPT
PCM
QOS
RH
RR
SDM
SRS
ST
STD
SW
SWB
3A/T
V
VSV
W
WOT
W/
W/O
Kilowatt
Left hand
Long wheel base
Manual transmission
Over drive
Option
Powertrain control module
Quick on start
Right hand
Rear
Sensing and diagnostic module
Supplemental restraint system
Start
Standard
Switch
Short wheel base
3-speed automatic transmission
Volt
Vacuum switching valve
Watt (S)
Wide open throttle
With
Without
Abbreviations
Parts for Electrical Circuit
Wiring – Wire color
All wires have color–coded insulation.
Wires belonging to a system’s main harness will have a
single color (1). Wires belonging to a system’s subcircuits
will have a colored stripe (2). Striped wires use the
following code to show wire size and colors.
Example: 0.5 G / R
Red (Stripe color)
Green (Base color)
Wire size (0.5 mm2)
Wiring – Wire Color Coding
Abbreviations are used to indicate wire color within a circuit diagram.
Refer to the following table.
Color Coding Meaning Color Coding Meaning
B Black BR Brown
W White LG Light green
R Red GR Grey
G Green P Pink
Y Yellow LB Light blue
L Blue V Violet
O Orange
1
2
Wiring – Wire Size
The size of wire used in a circuit is determined by the
amount of current (amperage), the length of the circuit,
and the voltage drop allowed. The following wire size and
load capacity, shown below, are specified by AWG
(American Wire Gauge). (Nominal size means
approximate cross sectional area (1).)
Wiring – Wire Size Table
Nominal size Cross sectional Outside diameter Allowable AWG size
area (mm2) (mm) current (A) (cross reference)
0.3 0.372 1.5 9 22
0.5 0.563 1.7 12 20
0.85 0.885 1.9 16 18
1.25 1.287 2.2 21 16
2 2.091 2.7 28 14
3 3.296 3.6 37.5 12
5 5.227 4.4 53 10
8 7.952 5.5 67 8
15 13.36 7.0 75 6
20 20.61 8.2 97 4
1
Fuse
Fuses are the most common form of circuit protection
used in vehicle wiring. A fuse is a thin piece of wire or strip
of metal encased in a glass or plastic housing. It is wired
in series with the circuit it protects. When there is an
overload of current in a circuit, such as a short of a ground,
the metal strip is designed to burn out and interrupt the
flow of current. This prevents a surge of high current from
reaching and damaging other components in the circuit.
Determine the cause of the overloaded before replacing
the fuse.
The replacement fuse must have the same amperage
specification as the original fuse.
Never replace a blown fuse with a fuse of a different
amperage specification.
Doing so can result in an electrical fire or other serious
circuit damage. A blown fuse is easily identified as shown
in the figure.
Fusible Link
The fusible link is primarily used to protect circuits where
high amounts of current flow and where it would not be
practical to use a fuse. For example, the starter circuit.
When a current overload occurs, the fusible link melts
open and interrupts the flow of current so as to prevent
the rest of the wiring harness from burning.
Determine the cause of the overload before replacing the
fusible link. the replacement fusible link must have the
same amperage specification as the original fusible link.
Never replace a blown fusible link with fusible link of a
different amperage specification. Doing so can result in
an electrical fire or other serious circuit damage.
A blown fusible link is easily identified as shown in the
figure.
Normal Blown
Fusible Link Specifications
Type Rating Case Color Maximum Circuit Current (A)
Connector 30A Pink 15
Connector 40A Green 20
Bolted 50A Red 25
Bolted 60A Yellow 30
Bolted 80A Black 40
Circuit Breaker
The circuit breaker is a protective device designed to
open the circuit when a current load is in excess of rated
breaker capacity. If there is a short or other type of
overload condition in the circuit, the excessive current will
open the circuit between the circuit breaker terminals.
The reset knob (1) pops out when the circuit is open. Push
the reset knob in place to restore the circuit after repairing
it.
Relay
Battery and load location may require that a switch be
placed some distance from either component. This
means a longer wire and a higher voltage drop (1).
The installation of a relay between the battery and the
load reduces the voltage drop (2).
Because the switch controls the relay, amperage through
the switch can be reduced.
Push
LOAD
1
2
LOAD
RELAY
D08RW404
1
Name/
Color
Rated
voltage/Coil
resistance Internal circuit Name/
Color
Rated
voltage/Coil
resistance Internal circuit
1M
(MR5L)/
Black
12V/
Approx.
80Ω
Minimum
operating
voltage: 7V
at 77˚F (25˚C)
2M
(MR5)/
Brown
12V/
Approx.
80Ω
Minimum
operating
voltage: 7V
at 77˚F (25˚C)
1B
(MR5L)/
Grey
1B-1M
(MR5)/
Grey
1M
(MR5)/
Black
(Case),
Blue
(Base)
1M
1T
(MR5)/
Black/
Blue
1M
(MR5B)/
Black
Minimum
operating
voltage: 9V
at 68˚F (20˚C)
12V
Minimum
operating
voltage:
4.3V at 77˚F
(25˚C)
1M
(Horn
relay)
12V/
Minimum
operating
voltage: 8V
at 68˚F (20˚C)
➁
➀
➂➃
➁
➃
➀
➂
➁
➀
➂➃
➁
➃
➀
➂
➄
➃
➀➂
➂
➀
➃
➄
➄
➃
➀➂
➂
➀
➃
➄
➁
➁
➁➂
➀
➀
➁➂
➄
➀➃
➄
➁
➂
➅
➀
➂
➁
➃
➅
➄
➀➃
➄
➁
➅
➂
➀
➁➃➅ ➂
➁
➀
➂➃
➂➃ ➀➁
➂
➀
➁➃
➁➃
➀➂
Relay Specifications and Configurations
* Relay contact shown in the wiring diagram indicates condition before actuation.
SHAPE MARK/
COLOR CONSTRUCTION CHECKING
BLACK
BLACK
CONNECTION
PATTERN
21
A
B+–
BLACK
321
321
+–
+–
+–
+–
+–
+–
+–
+–
+–
432
+
–
+
1
–
+
–
–
+
+
–
+
–
BLACK
4
3
2
1
THERE SHOULD BE CONTINUITY IN
EITHER A OR B WHEN A CIRCUIT
TESTER IS CONNECTED WITH
DIODE TERMINAL
TERMINAL NO.
CONNECTION
PATTERN
A
B
TERMINAL NO.
CONNECTION
PATTERN
A
B
TERMINAL NO.
CONNECTION
PATTERN
A
B
TERMINAL NO.
Diode – Diode Specifications and Configurations
Diode – Maximum Rating (Temp. = 77°F (25°C))
Items Rating Remarks
Peak reverse voltage 400V
Transient peak reverse voltage 500V
Average output current 1.5A Temp. = 104°F (40°C)
Working ambient temperature –22°F~176°F (–30°C~80°C)
Storage temperature –40°F~212°F (–40°C~100°C)
Connector
The connector pin shape (2) determines whether the
connector is male (3) or female (1).
The symbol illustrated in the figure is used as connector,
in the circuit of this section.
Legend
(4) Female Side Connector
(5) Male Side Connector
Connector is identified with a connector number (6)
The applicable terminal number (7) is shown for each
connector.
W-38
W-38 W-38
W-38
W-38
SHIFT LOCK
6
7
51
4
6
0.5 R/L
0.85 W/L
W-38
W-38 W-38
W-38
W-38
SHIFT LOCK
7
7
51
4
6
0.5 R/L
0.85 W/L
4
5
12 3
Connector terminal numbers (10) are clearly shown.
Male side connector (9) terminal numbers are in
sequence from upper right to lower left.
Female side connector (8) terminal numbers are in
sequence from upper left to lower right.
NOTE:
1. For those connectors on which specific terminal
numbers or symbols are shown (such as PCM), the
terminal numbers or symbols are used in the circuit
diagram, irrespective of the above rule.
Refer to the following figure.
2. The connectors used for relays have their own terminal
number assignment, irrespective of the above rule.
Refer to the following figure.
Double Lock Type Connector
Double lock type yellow color connectors are used for
supplemental restraint system–air bag circuit. When
removing the cable harness, disconnect the connector by
unlocking at two places, outside (1) and inside (2). In such
a case, do not pull the cables. Otherwise, cable
disconnection may occur.
When connecting the connector, insert the connector
completely and lock at outside. Imperfect locking may
cause malfunction of SRS system circuit.
1234
5678 1234 5678
10
89
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10C11C12C13C14C15C16
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10D11D12D13D14D15D16 2
1
24
13
65 65
14
23
Reading the Circuit Diagram
In this section, each system has its own parts location
illustration and circuit diagram.
And harness connector faces used in the circuit diagram
are shown at the end of this section.
Parts Location
The parts location shows the location of the connectors
(1) and the harness (2) used in each harness routing (3).
12
D08RWB11
Circuit Diagram
The circuit diagram shows the power supply (1) the load
or loads (2) and the grounding point(s) (3).
5.0
W
BATT.(+)
C-17 15A
RR DEF
RR DEFOGGER RELAY
3.0
L/O
3.0
B/L
3.0
B/L
3.0
B/L
B-38
4
I-17
5
I-17
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER(3)
RR DEFOGGER
SW
RR DEFOGGER
2
H-37
G-7
1
2
B-38
2
2
H-31
1
G-3
3.0
B/Y
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.5
O/L
0.5
O/L
STARTER SW
(IG1)
C-4 10A
ELEC.IGN.
3
B-38
4
I-17
15
H-48
TIMER
6
I-17
0.85
G/R
TAIL RELAY(4)
B-38
1
H-253
H-255
1
I-17
B-2
2.0
B
3.0
B
3.0
B2.0
B
0.3
B0.3
R/G
BODY-RH
R-3
BODY-RR
4
H-37
1
2
3
D08RW425
Harness Connector Faces
The harness connector faces show each connector’s
number (1), configuration (2) and the pin number (3).
No.
B-21
Connector face No. Connector face
B-22
B-23
NOT USED
NOT USED
12 3
B-31
B-32
B-33
2 1
21
12
12
1
32
4
1
3456
22
6543
1
D08RW424
12
D08RWA03
Legend
(1) Relay and Fuse Box
(2) Fuse Box
Main Data and Specifications
Fuse, Fusible Link and Circuit Breaker Location
Relay & Fuse Box
MODEL 6VE1 4JX1
No.
FL-1 80A MAIN 80A MAIN
FL-2 50A KEY SW 50A KEY SW
FL-3 30A ECM —
FL-4 — 50A ECM
FL-5 — 50A GLOW
FL-6 40A ABS 40A ABS
F-1 10A RR SUB LAMP 10A RR SUB LAMP
F-2 10A O2 SENSOR 15A ECM
F-3 15A HORN HAZARD 15A HORN HAZARD
F-4 15A H/LAMP-LH 15A H/LAMP-LH
F-5 15A H/LAMP-RH 15A H/LAMP-RH
F-6 — —
F-7 20A ACC SOCKET 20A ACC SOCKET
F-8 20A FOG 20A FOG
F-9 20A ABS 20A ABS
F-10 15A FUEL PUMP 10A ECT
F-11 15A ANTI THEFT 15A ANTI THEFT
F-12 15A TAIL 15A TAIL
FL-1
FL-2
FL-6 FL-5 FL-4 FL-3
F-12 F-11 F-10 F-9 F-8 F-7 F-6 F-5 F-4 F-3 F-2 F-1
RELAY AND FUSE BOX
810RS027
FUSIBLE LINK
FUSE
Fuse Box
No. 6VE1 4JX1
C-1 10A STARTER RELAY 10A STARTER RELAY
C-2 15A SEAT HEATER 15A SEAT HEATER
C-3 10A TURN, BACK 10A TURN, BACK
C-4 10A ELEC. IGN. 10A ELEC. IGN.
C-5 15A FRT WIPER AND WASHER 15A FRT WIPER AND WASHER
C-6 10A RR WIPER AND WASHER 10A RR WIPER AND WASHER
C-7 10A H/LAMP WIPER 10A H/LAMP WIPER
C-8 15A ENGINE 15A ENGINE
C-9 15A IGN. COIL 15A GLOW
C-10 10A METER, GAUGE 10A METER, GAUGE
C-11 10A AUDIO (ACC), MIRROR 10A AUDIO (ACC), MIRROR
C-12 20A CIGAR 20A CIGAR
C-13 10A ANTI-THEFT 10A ANTI-THEFT
C-14 15A STOP, A/T CONT. 15A STOP, A/T CONT.
C-15 20A AUDIO (B), TEL (B) 20A AUDIO (B), TEL (B)
C-16 10A CLOCK (B), ROOM 10A CLOCK (B), ROOM
C-17 25A RR DEFOG. 25A RR DEFOG.
C-18 20A DOOR LOCK 20A DOOR LOCK
C-19 25A BLOWER 25A BLOWER
C-20 10A AIR CON. 10A AIR CON.
C-21 10A SRS-1 10A SRS-1
C-22 — —
C-23 — —
C-24 — —
No. 6VE1 4JX1.
C/B-1 — —
C/B-2 30A P/W, P/S, S/R 30A P/W, P/S, S/R
C/B-1 C/B-2
C-10
C-20
C-9 C-8 C-7 C-6 C-5 C-4 C-3 C-2 C-1
C-19 C-18 C-17 C-16 C-15 C-14 C-13 C-12 C-11
C-21 C-22 C-23 C-24
FUSE BOX
810RV026
Fuse
Circuit Breaker
Reference Table of Fuse, Fusible Link and Circuit Breaker
Gasoline Engine (6VE1)
Fuse (Relay and Fuse Box)
Fuse (Fuse Box)
Fuse No. Capacity Indication on label Parts (Load)
F-1 10A RR SUB LAMP RR turn signal light (Trailer)
F-2 10A O2SENSOR HEATER O2sensor
F-3 15A HORN Hazard warning SW, Horn relay, Horn SW, Horn,
Anti-theft horn
F-4 15A H/LAMP-LH Headlight-LH, High beam indicator light, Dimmer·passing
SW
F-5 15A H/LAMP-RH Headlight-RH, Dimmer·passing SW
F-6 — — —
F-7 20A ACC SOCKET ACC.
F-8 20A FRT FOG FRT fog light relay, FRT fog light
F-9 20A ABS EHCU
F-10 15A FUEL PUMP Fuel pump
F-11 15A ANTI THEFT Anti theft horn
F-12 15A TAIL Tail relay, Lighting SW, Clearance light, License light,
Taillight, Illumination light
Fuse No. Capacity Indication on label Parts (Load)
C-1 10A STARTER RELAY Starter relay, Mode SW (A/T)
C-2 15A SEAT HEATER Car telephone, Seat heater SW
C-3 10A TURN BACK Backup light, Backup light SW (M/T), Mode SW (A/T),
Hazard warning light SW, Turn signal light,
A/T shift indicator control unit
C-4 10A ELEC. IGN. RR defogger SW, RR defogger relay, Door mirror
defogger SW, Power window relay, Clutch SW,
Shift lock controller, EHCU, Cancel SW (M/T),
Cruise control main SW, Cruise control unit,
Transmission SW-1, 2, Shift on the fly relay
C-5 15A FRT WIPER & Windshield wiper & washer motor & SW
WASHER
C-6 10A RR WIPER & RR wiper & washer motor
WASHER
C-7 10A H/LAMP WIPER Headlight wiper & washer motor
C-8 15A ENGINE PCM main relay
C-9 15A IG COIL Ignition coil
Fuse (Fuse Box)
Fusible Link (Relay and Fuse Box)
Circuit Breaker (Fuse Box)
Fusible Link No. Capacity Indication on label
FL–1 80A MAIN
FL–2 50A KEY SW
FL–3 30A ECM
FL–4 – –
FL–5 – –
FL–6 40A (ABS
Fuse No. Capacity Indication on label Parts (Load)
C-10 10A METER GAUGE Meter Indicator/warning light, Check trans warning light,
POWER/WINTER indicator light, Cruise indicator,
A/T oil temp. warning light, Vehicle speed sensor
C-11 10A AUDIO (ACC), Audio, Mirror control & folding SW, Car telephone
MIRROR
C-12 20A CIGAR Cigar lighter
C-13 10A ANTI-THEFT Anti-theft controller
C-14 15A STOP, A/T CONT Stoplight SW (W/O cruise control), Brake SW (W/cruise
control), Stoplight, TCM, Shift lock controller, EBCM
C-15 20A AUDIO (B), TEL (B) Audio, Car telephone
C-16 10A CLOCK (B), ROOM FRT courtesy light, Dome light, Map light,
Luggage room light, Auto antenna, Clock,
Anti-theft controller
C-17 25A RR DEFOG. RR defogger relay, RR defogger
C-18 20A DOOR LOCK FRT Door lock & power window SW,
Anti-theft indicator light
C-19 25A BLOWER Blower motor, Blower resistor, Fan SW
C-20 10A AIRCON A/C SW, A/C pressure SW, A/C compressor relay
C-21 10A SRS-1 SDM
C-22 — — —
Circuit breakerNo. Capacity Indication on label Parts (Load)
C/B-1 — — —
C/B-2 30A P/WINDOW, S/ROOF, Power seat SW, Sun roof motor,
P/SEAT Power window relay
Diesel Engine (4JX1)
Fuse (Relay and Fuse Box)
Fuse (Fuse Box)
Fuse No. Capacity Indication on label Parts (Load)
F-1 10A RR SUB LAMP RR turn signal light (Trailer)
F-2 15A ECM ECM, Intake motor
F-3 15A HORN Hazard warning SW, Horn relay, Horn SW, Horn
F-4 15A H/LAMP-LH Headlight-LH, High beam indicator light, Dimmer·passing
SW
F-5 15A H/LAMP-RH Headlight-RH, Dimmer·passing SW
F-6 — — —
F-7 20A ACC SOCKET ACC socket
F-8 20A FRT FOG FRT fog light relay, FRT fog light
F-9 20A ABS EHCU
F-10 10A ECT TCM
F-11 15A ANTI THEFT Anti theft horn
F-12 15A TAIL Tail relay, Lighting SW, Clearance light, License light,
Taillight, Illumination light
Fuse No. Capacity Indication on label Parts (Load)
C-1 10A STARTER RELAY Starter relay, QOS-
III
control unit
C-2 15A SEAT HEATER Car telephone, Seat heater SW
C-3 10A TURN BACK Backup light, Backup light SW ,
Hazard warning light SW, Turn signal lightt
C-4 10A ELEC. IGN. RR defogger SW, RR defogger relay, Door mirror
defogger SW, Power window relay, EHCU,
Transmission SW-1, 2, Shift on the fly relay
C-5 15A FRT WIPER & Windshield wiper & washer motor & SW, Windshield
WASHER wiper intermittent relay
C-6 10A RR WIPER & RR wiper & washer motor
WASHER
C-7 10A H/LAMP WIPER Headlight wiper & washer motor
C-8 15A ENGINE QOS-
III
control unit, Glow relay 1 & 2, AC Generator,
Charge relay, Heater & A/C relay
C-9 — — —
C-10 10A METER GAUGE Meter indicator/warning light, Vehicle speed sensor
C-11 10A AUDIO (ACC), Audio, Mirror control & folding SW, Car telephone
MIRROR
C-12 20A CIGAR Cigar light
Fuse (Fuse Box)
Fusible Link (Relay and Fuse Box)
Circuit Breaker (Fuse Box)
Fusible Link No. Capacity Indication on label
FL–1 80A MAIN
FL–2 50A KEY SW
FL–3 — —
FL–4 50A ECM
FL–5 50A GLOW
FL–6 40A ABS
Fuse No. Capacity Indication on label Parts (Load)
C-13 10A ANTI-THEFT Anti-theft controller
C-14 15A STOP Stoplight SW, Stoplight, EBCM
C-15 20A AUDIO (B), TEL (B) Audio, Car telephone
C-16 10A CLOCK (B), ROOM FRT courtesy light, Dome light, Map light,
Luggage room light, Clock, Auto antenna
C-17 25A RR DEFOG. RR defogger relay, RR defogger
C-18 20A DOOR LOCK FRT Door lock & power window SW
C-19 25A BLOWER Blower motor, Blower resistor, Fan SW
C-20 10A AIRCON A/C SW, A/C pressure SW
C-21 10A SRS-1 SDM
C-22 — — —
Circuit breakerNo. Capacity Indication on label Parts (Load)
C/B-1 — — —
C/B-2 30A P/WINDOW, S/ROOF, Power seat SW, Sun roof control unit,
P/SEAT Power window relay
Relay Location
1
X-20
X-18
X-16
X-13
X-11
X-9
X-12
X-10
X-5
X-1 X-2 X-3 X-4
X-6 X-7 X-8
X-19
X-17
X-21 X-22 X-23
B-36 B-37 B-38
4
3
2
D08RWA31
Legend
(1) Relay and Fuse Box
(2) Fuse Box
(3) R–14, R–15
(4) C–51, C–56
Relay List
No. 6VE1 4JX1
X-1 RELAY; LIGHTING RELAY; LIGHTING
X-2 ——
X-3 ——
X-4 RELAY; ACC SOCKET RELAY; ACC SOCKET
X-5 RELAY; A/C THERMO RELAY; A/C THERMO
X-6 ——
X-7 RELAY; COMPRESSOR —
X-8 RELAY; HORN RELAY; HORN
X-9 RELAY; TAIL RELAY; TAIL
X-10 —RELAY; ECM-2
X-11 RELAY; FUEL PUMP RELAY; ECM-1
X-12 RELAY/ ECM MAIN —
X-16 RELAY; ANTI THEFT RELAY; ANTI THEFT
X-17 RELAY; STARTER RELAY; CHARGE
X-18 RELAY; SHIFT ON THE FLY RELAY; SHIFT ON THE FLY
X-19 ——
X-20 RELAY; IMMOBILIZER RELAY; IMMOBILIZER
X-21 ——
X-22 RELAY; RR FOG LIGHT RELAY; RR FOG LIGHT
X-23 RELAY; FRT FOG LIGHT RELAY; FRT FOG LIGHT
Fuse Box
Body and Chassis
Relay and Fuse Box
No. 6VE1 4JX1
B-36 RELAY; HEATER & A/C RELAY; HEATER & A/C
B-37 RELAY; POWER WINDOW RELAY; POWER WINDOW
B-38 RELAY; REAR DEFOGGER RELAY; REAR DEFOGGER
No. 6VE1 4JX1
C-51 RELAY; GLOW
C-56 RELAY; STARTER
R-14 RELAY; SUB TURN SIGNAL-RH RELAY; SUB TURN SIGNAL-RH
R-15 RELAY; SUB TURN SIGNAL-LH RELAY; SUB TURN SIGNAL-LH
Diode Location
11
1
3
5
4
9
8
10
7 6
2
D08RWA32
Legend
(1) X–15
(2) X–14
(3) B–39
(4) B–40
(5) B–43
(6) B–47
(7) B–46
(8) B–45
(9) B–44
(10) Fuse Box
(11) Relay & Fuse Box
Diode List
Connector No.
Usage
Transmission A/T –––––––
M/T –––––––
X–14 X–15 B–39 B–40 B–43 B–44 B–45 B–46
–ABS ––––––
Grounding Point
Reference Table
Connector No. Cable harness Location Parts (Load)
Vanity mirror illumination, Seat belt·key & light
remind buzzer, Sun roof control unit, Sun roof
motor
Vanity mirror illumination, Glove box illumination,
Ash tray illumination, Rear defogger relay,
Rear defogger SW, FRT door lock & power
window SW–RH, Cruise control unit, Digital clock,
Cigarette lighter, Mirror defogger–RH, Blower
motor, Blower resistor, Electronic thermostat,
A/C thermostat relay, Alarm & relay control unit
Door lock actuator, FRT power window & door lock
SW–LH, RR wiper intermittent relay, Mirror
defogger–LH
Anti–theft controller, Heater & A/C relay, Tail relay,
PCM, Headlight, High beam indicator light,
Lighting relay, Fog light relay, Illumination
controller, Flasher unit, Cornering relay, Power
window relay, Headlight wiper motor, Turn signal
indicator light
Fuel pump, RR door lock & power window SW,
Shift lock controller, Power door mirror motor,
Mirror defogger SW, Seat belt warning light,
Power seat, Seat heater
FRT combination light–LH, FRT turn signal
light–LH, Cornering light–LH
Headlight wiper motor
Brake warning light
Data link connector, A/T shift indicator control unit
FRT combination light–RH, Cornering light–RH,
FRT turn signal light–RH
Fog light
Power steering pressure SW
Oxygen sensor, 4WD indicator light, VSV; FRT
axle
Body–RH
Body harness
Engine room
harness
Body–LH
Body–center
Fender–LH
B–1
B–2
B–18
B–19
B–26
1 C–16
2 C–16
3 C–16
4 C–16
5 C–16
6 C–16
7 C–16
8 C–16
Connector No. Cable harness Location Parts (Load)
EHCU
Windshield wiper motor
Vehicle speed sensor, Meter gauges
EHCU
Headlight washer motor, Windshield washer
motor
Fuel tank unit, Fuel warning light
Fuel pump relay, PCM relay, Upshift relay–1,
Pump & VSV, Upshift relay–2
EHCU
Ignition coil, Coil driver
PCM
Crank position sensor, Cam position sensor,
Knock sensor, PCM, Mass air flow sensor
Audio
High mount stoplight, Rear defogger, Rear wiper
motor, Rear washer motor
Tail light, License plate light, Stoplight, Rear turn
signal light, Backup light, Luggage room light
SDM
Fender–RH
Engine room
harness
Engine ECGI
harness
Instrument harness
Rear body
harness
SRS harness
Body–FRT
Common
chamber
Body–RR
Body–RR
Body–FRT
1 C–39
2 C–39
3 C–39
4 C–39
5 C–39
7 C–39
C–85
E–28
E–29
I–39
R–3
R–4
U–2
E–30
8 C–39
6 C–39
Location–1
1 4
5
6
3
2
D08RWA22
Legend
(1) P–6
(2) Battery
(3) P–7
(4) C–35
(5) E–4
(6) Starter
Location–2
2
3
4
1 5
7
6
D08RWA23
Legend
(1) P–10
(2) AC Generator
(3) I–39
(4) U–2
(5) C–16
(6) Canister
(7) B–1, B–2
Location–3
1
4
5
6
7
8
23
D08RWA24
Legend
(1) B–18, B–19
(2) B–26
(3) Parking brake lever
(4) C–39
(5) Windshield wiper motor
(6) Relay and Fuse box
(7) E–30
(8) E–28, E–29
Location–4
1
D08RWA30
Legend
(1) R3, R4
Cable Harness Routing
8
40
1
2
33 16
14 10
13
15
6
45
42
44
9
7
11
5
22
23
25
24
30 31 27
28
32 34 35
41 29
43
36
37
39
21
19
17
18
12
26
38
4
3
20
D08RWA34
Legend
(1) Instrument Harness
(2) RR Door Extension Harness
(3) H–45
(4) Sun Roof Harness
(5) C–16
(6) H–21
(7) H–7, H–8, H–9, H–20, H–24, H–65
(8) Dome Light Harness
(9) RR Body Harness
(10) H–31, H–32, H–46
(11) Body Harness
(12) FRT Door Harness (LH)
(13) H–18, H–19
(14) C–85
(15) B–1, B–2
(16) B–26
(17) H–12
(18) B–28
(19) P–4
(20) H–10, H–11, H–53
(21) H–4, H–5, H–6
(22) Engine Harness
(23) Engine Room Harness (LH)
(24) Battery Positive Cable
(25) Battery Negative Cable
(26) Transmission Harness
(27) P–7
(28) P–10
(29) P–9
(30) H–41, H–42, H–43, H–60
(31) P–6
(32) H–2, H–3 (4JX1)
(33) Engine Room Harness (RH)
(34) P–5
(35) P–1
(36) Battery
(37) Relay and Fuse Box (FL1~FL6, F–1~F–12)
(38) H–1, H–2, H–3 (6VE1)
(39) FRT Door Harness (RH)
(40) H–13, H–14, H–15, H–16, H–25, H–26, H–27,
H–61, H–62, H–64, H–66
(41) P–2
(42) B–18, B–19
(43) C–39
(44) H–22, H–23
(45) H–47
6
7
8
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
9
5
4
3
2
1
33
32
31
30
27
28
29
19
12
D08RWA35
Legend
(1) FRT Door Harness (RH)
(2) RR Door Extension Harness
(3) RR Door Harness (RH)
(4) Tailgate Harness (RH)
(5) H–45
(6) Sun Roof Harness
(7) Dome Light Harness
(8) Chassis Harness
(9) H–39
(10) H–37, H–38
(11) Tailgate Harness (LH)
(12) H–33
(13) R–3, R–4
(14) RR Body Harness
(15) H–28, H–29
(16) RR Door Harness (LH)
(17) Dome Light Harness
(18) H–31, H–32, H–46
(19) H–58
(20) FRT Door Harness (LH)
(21) Engine Room Harness (LH)
(22) B–1, B–2
(23) H–18, H–19
(24) H–7, H–8, H–9, H–20, H–24, H–65
(25) H–21
(26) H–34, H–35
(27) Body Harness
(28) H–57
(29) H–47
(30) B–18, B–19
(31) H–22, H–23
(32) Engine Room Harness (RH)
(33) H–13, H–14, H–15, H–16, H–25, H–26, H–27,
H–61, H–62, H–64, H–66
Legend
(1) H–31, H–32, H–46
(2) Body Harness
(3) H–39
(4) Tailgate Harness (RH)
(5) H–44
(6) RR Body Harness
(7) Chassis Harness
(8) H–37, H–38
(9) Tailgate Harness (LH)
(10) R–3, R–4
2
1
10
3
4
5
7
8
9
6
D08RWA33
Fuse Block Circuit
Circuit Diagram–1 (6VE1)
X-11 4
24
X-11
P-2
H-14 2
2
B-11
P-10 P-7
FUEL
PUMP OXYGEN
SENSOR FUEL
INJECTOR
PCM
(E16)
(F16)
EHCU
STARTER
(B)
STARTER
RELAY
(3)
P-6
BODY ENGINE FRAME
BATTERY
STARTER
SW
RELAY & FUSE BOX
PCM
MAIN
RELAY
FUEL
PUMP
RELAY
FL-2 50A
KEY SW FL-3 30A
PCM FL-6 40A
ABS
FL-1 80A
MAIN
8.0
B/R
8.0
B30.0
B
8.0
B
30.0
B/R
3.0
W/B
3.0
W/B
3.0
W/B
3.0
B/Y 3.0
W/G 3.0
B/R 3.0
L/B
2.0
R
2.0
W2.0
W
1.25
R/L
1.25
R/L
3.0
W/G
2.0
R
3.0
W/B
5.0
W
5.0
W
3.0
W/B
B-11
IG1 ST IG2 ACC
B1
7
E
F
A
B-11 3
B
B-11 5
C
B-11 1
D
B2
OFF
4
B-11
P-5
P-1
X-12 2
X-12
D08RWB13
Circuit Diagram–2 (6VE1)
E
HORN ACC
SOCKET FOG
LIGHT
2.0
G/O
5.0
W3.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W5.0
W5.0
W
3.0
W
3.0
W
3.0
R/B
F-3 15A
HORN
HAZARD
F
TAIL RELAY
(1)(2)
HEADLIGHT
AC GENERATOR
(B)
0.85
R/B
F-12 15A
TAIL
ILLUMI
5.0
W
ANTI THEFT
RELAY(5)
0.85
G/O
F-11 15A
ANTI-
THEFT
0.85
O
F-7 20A
ACC
SOCKET
5.0
W
5.0
W
3.0
Y/R
F-8 20A
FRT FOG
LIGHTING
RELAY
RELAY & FUSE BOX
3.0
W
1
X-1
4
3
X-1
X-1 2
H-2 1
H-2
1
H-14
HG
D08RY00192
Circuit Diagram–3 (6VE1)
A B
3.0
B/Y
3.0
B/Y
3.0
B/Y
3.0
B/Y
3.0
W/G 3.0
B/R
3.0
B/R
3.0
B/Y
0.5
R/B
HAZARD
WARNING
SW
(8)
PCM
MAIN
RELAY
(1)
IGNITION
COIL METER STARTER
RELAY
(6)
SEAT
HEATER WINDSHIELD
WIPER
MOTOR
RR
WIPER
MOTOR
HEADLIGHT
WIPER
MOTOR
AC GENERATOR
(IG)
ALARM & RELAY
CONTROL UNIT
C-3 10A
TURN
BACK
0.5
L/W
C-4 10A
ELEC.
IGN.
0.5
L/Y
C-10 10A
METER
GAUGE
0.5
W/R
C-1 10A
STARTER
RELAY
0.85
W/L
C-5 15A
FRT WIPER
& WASHER
C-6 10A
RR WIPER
& WASHER
C-7 10A
H/LAMP
WIPER
FUSE BOX
1.25
B/O
C-9 15A
IG COIL
C-8 15A
ENGINE
0.5
L/B
0.85
B/Y
0.85
B/Y
0.5
R
0.75
B/R
SDM
(12)
C-21 10A
SRS
C
1.25
G/R
C-2 15A
SEAT
HEATER
H-63 1
3
H-63
D08RWB15
Circuit Diagram–4 (6VE1)
D H G
3.0
W
3.0
L/R
3.0
L/B
0.5
O/G
AUDIO
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER BLOWER
MOTOR
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
(2)
STOPLIGHT AUDIO
(14)
DOME LIGHT
RR DEFOGGER
FRT DOOR LOCK &
POWER WINDOW SW
C-11 10A
AUDIO
(ACC)
MIRROR
0.5
BR
C-20 10A
AIR CON
0.85
G/W
C-14 15A
STOP
A/T CONT
1.25
R/W
C-15 20A
AUDIO (B)
3.0
L/O
C-17 25A
RR
DEFOG
FUSE BOX
1.25
O/B
C-12 20A
CIGAR
3.0
L
C-19 25A
BLOWER
3.0
B/L
3.0
W5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W
C/B-2 30A
P/W,P/S,
S/R
0.5
R/W
C-16 10A
CLOCK (B)
ROOM
1.25
LG/W
C-18 20A
DOOR
LOCK
HEATER &
A/C RELAY
B-36
2
B-36
4
D08RWB16
Circuit Diagram–1 (4JX1)
P-2
H-14 2
2
B-11
P-10 P-7
STARTER
RELAY
(4)
P-6
BODY ENGINE FRAME
BATTERY
STARTER
SW
FUSE & RELAY BOX
FL-2 50A
KEY SW
FL-1 80A
MAIN
8.0
B/R
8.0
B30.0
B
8.0
B
3.0
W/B
3.0
W/B
3.0
W/B
3.0
B/Y 3.0
W/G 3.0
B/R 3.0
L/B
3.0
W/B
3.0
W/B
30.0
B/R
B-11
IG1 ST IG2 ACC
B1
7
E
F
G
A
B-11 3
B
B-11 5
C
B-11 1
D
B2
OFF
4
B-11
STARTER
(B)
P-5
P-1
X-11 2
4
X-11
ECM
(J3-1)
ECM
RELAY-1
FL-4 50A
ECM
3.0
R
3.0
W/B
X-10 2
4
X-10
ECM
(J3-2)
3.0
R/W
3.0
W/B
D08RWB17
Circuit Diagram–2 (4JX1)
E H
I
3.0
W
5.0
W
3.0
W/G
3.0
W/R
3.0
R/B
F
G
GLOW
PLUG EHCU
HEADLIGHT
LIGHTING
RELAY
RELAY & FUSE BOX
3.0
W
1
X-1
4
3
X-1
X-1
FL-5 50A
GLOW FL-6 40A
ABS
0.85
G/W
RR SUB LIGHT
RELAY
(2)
F-1 10A
RR SUB
LAMP
D08RWB18
Circuit Diagram–3 (4JX1)
H
HORN ACC
SOCKET FOG
LIGHT TAIL RELAY
(1) (2)
2.0
G/O
5.0
W5.0
W5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W5.0
W5.0
W
3.0
W
F-3 15A
HORN
HAZARD
I
AC GENERATOR
(B)
3.0
Y/R
F-8 20A
FRT FOG
5.0
W
0.85
R/B
F-12 15A
TAIL
ILLUMI
ANTI TEHFT
RELAY(5)
5.0
W
0.85
G/O
F-11 15A
ANTI TEHFT
ECT
(12)
5.0
W
0.5
G/W
F-10 10A
ECT
0.85
O
F-7 20A
ACC SOCKET
RELAY & FUSE BOX
2
H-2 1
H-2
1
H-14
KJ
D08RY00191
Circuit Diagram–4 (4JX1)
A B
3.0
B/Y
3.0
B/Y
3.0
B/Y
3.0
B/Y
3.0
W/G 3.0
B/R
3.0
B/R
3.0
B/Y
0.5
R/B
HAZARD
WARNING
SW
(8)
C-3 10A
TURN
BACK
0.5
L/W
C-4 15A
ELEC.
IGN.
0.5
L/Y
METERECM
(J2-9)
C-10 10A
METER
GAUGE
0.5
W/R
STARTER
RELAY
(6)
C-1 10A
STARTER
RELAY
0.85
W/L
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
MOTOR
C-5 15A
FRT WIPER
& W ASHER
C-6 10A
RR WIPER
& W ASHER
C-7 10A
H/LAMP
WIPER
C-8 15A
ENGINE
0.5
L/B
RR
WIPER
MOTOR
HEADLIGHT
WIPER
MOTOR
0.85
B/Y 0.5
R
0.75
B/R
SDM
(12)
C-21 10A
SRS
C
1.25
G/R
SEAT
HEATER
C-2 15A
SEAT
HEATER
H-63 1
3
H-63
D08RY00242
Circuit Diagram–5 (4JX1)
D K J
3.0
W
3.0
L/R
3.0
L/B
0.5
O/G
AUDIO CIGARETTE
LIGHTER BLOWER
MOTOR MAGNETIC
CLUTCH POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
(2)
STOPLIGHT AUDIO
(14)
DOME LIGHT FRT DOOR LOCK &
POWER WINDOW SW
RR DEFOGGER
C-11 10A
AUDIO
(ACC)
MIRROR
0.5
BR
C-20 20A
AIR CON
0.85
G/W
C-14 15A
STOP
A/T CONT
1.25
R/W
C-15 20A
AUDIO (B)
3.0
L/O
C-17 25A
RR
DEFOG
FUSE BOX
1.25
O/B
C-12 20A
CIGAR
3.0
L
C-19 25A
BLOWER
3.0
B/L
3.0
W5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W
C/B-2 30A
P/W,P/S,
S/R
0.5
R/W
C-16 10A
CLOCK (B)
ROOM
1.25
LG/W
C-18 20A
DOOR
LOCK
HEATER &
A/C RELAY
B-36
2
B-36
4
D08RWB21
General Description
This system consists of starter switch, Starter, AC
generator, starter relay, mode SW (A/T), charge relay
(Diesel) and heater & A/C relay.
When the starter SW is set to the “ST” position with the
A/T select lever at “P” (Parking) or “N” (Neutral) position
(Mode SW “ON”), the battery voltage is applied to the
starter solenoid coil through the starter relay to start the
starter. At the same time, the starter relay (Charge relay:
Diesel) cuts off the blower motor and the A/C circuit too.
Start and Charging
Circuit Diagram–1 (6VE1)
X-17
M-25
H-10
H-12
M-25
3.0
W/G C-1 10A
STARTER RELAY FL-2 50A
KEY SW C-8 15A
ENGINE
MODE SW
(A/T)
(M/T)
AC GENERATOR
STARTER
RELAY
STARTER SW
(ST) FL-1
PCM(C12)
STARTER SW
(IG1)
STARTER SW(B2)
SHIFT LOCK
CONTROLLER(5) CHARGE
WARNING
LIGHT
(METER)
FL-1
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/L
1.25
W/L
1.25
W/R
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/R
3.0
W/B
3.0
W/B
3.0
W/B
3.0
B/Y 0.85
Y
0.5
W/R
0.85
W/G
0.85
W/G
0.85
W/G
0.85
W/G
0.75
W/G
5.0
W
5.0
W
0.75
B/Y
5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W
0.85
B/Y
0.85
B/Y
3.0
B/Y
0.5
W/L
0.5
L
2
15
1
4
32
101
14
2
3
3
2
1
1
1013
2
119 2
6
5
4
16
H-10
H-42
X-17
H-1
X-17
H-13
X-17 H-15
P-8
H-3
P-9
5.0
W
1
H-14
P-8
H-3
X-17
H-16
H-3
H-2 H-2H-15
H-14
P-8
A B C D
X-17
IG
L
BC
D08RW585
Circuit Diagram–2 (6VE1)
D08RY00914
A DCB
B-22
B-36
22
H-15
12
17
B-22
B-19
1.25
B
2.0
B
0.5
B
ANTI-THEFT & KEYLESS
ENTRY CONTROL UNIT
HEATER &
A/C RELAY
STARTER
(W/O ANTI-THEFT)
IMMOBILIZER
CONTROL UNIT
(10)
0.85
B
0.5
L/B
0.5
G/Y
0.5
L
0.5
L
BODY-RH
B-2
BODY-LH
B-18
BODY-RH
B-19
BODY-RH
B-36
B-36
3.0
L/R
5.0
W
0.3
B
0.85
W/G
3.0
B/W
30.0
B/R
C-19 25A
BLOWER
BLOWER
MOTOR PRESSURE SW
(A/C)
C-20 10A
AIR CON
B-36
12
134
BATT.(+)
FUSE
C-8
1.25
B
3.0
W
P-4 P-3
M
X-20 IMMOBILIZER
RELAY
X-20
X-20X-20
21
43
0.5
B/Y
Circuit Diagram–1 (4JX1)
C-56
E-29
H-30
H-12
E-29
3.0
W/G C-1 10A
STARTER RELAY FL-2 50A
KEY SW
F3 15A
HORN
MODE SW
(A/T)
(M/T)
AC GENERATOR
STARTER SW
(ST) FL-1
STARTER SW(B2)
CHARGE
WARNING
LIGHT
(METER)
FL-1
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/L
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/R
3.0
W/B
3.0
W/B
3.0
W/B
3.0
B/Y
3.0
B/Y
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/R
0.85
W/G
0.75
W/G
5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W
5.0
W
2.0
W
2.0
W
0.5
L
2
2
1H-7 6
4
4
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
10
12
2
3
4
13
H-30
H-42
C-56
H-1
C-56
P-9
5.0
W
1
H-14
P-8
H-3
H-16
H-3
H-2 H-2
H-14
P-8
A B D
C-56
L
BS
D08RY00092
Circuit Diagram–2 (4JX1)
A DCB
B-22
B-36
22
H-15
12
H-41
3
H-42
5
17
B-22
B-19
1.25
B
2.0
B
0.5
B
ANTI-THEFT & KEYLESS
ENTRY CONTROL UNIT
HEATER &
A/C RELAY
STARTER
(W/O ANTI-THEFT)
IMMOBILIZER
CONTROL UNIT
(10)
(W/O IMMOBILIZER)
0.85
B
0.5
L/B 0.5
G/Y
0.5
L
0.5
L
0.5
L/B
0.5
L
0.5
L/B
BODY-RH
B-2
BODY-LH
B-18
BODY-RH
B-19
BODY-RH
B-36
B-36
3.0
L/R
3.0
L0.5
BR
5.0
W
0.3
B
0.85
W/R
3.0
B/W
30.0
B/R
C-19 25A
BLOWER
BLOWER
MOTOR A/C THERMO
RELAY
(2)
C-20 10A
AIR CON
B-36
12
134
BATT.(+)
FUSE
C-8
1.25
B
3.0
W
P-4 P-3
M
X-20 IMMOBILIZER
RELAY
X-20
X-20X-20
21
43
0.5
B/Y
D08RY00093
Parts Location (6VE1)
3
11
10
12
13
8
6
7
9
14 1
2
4
5
D08RW617
Legend
(1) H–12
(2) B–2
(3) M–25
(4) P–3
(5) P–9
(6) H–10
(7) H–1, H–2, H–3
(8) H–42
(9) Relay and Fuse box (X–17, X–20)
(10) B–18, B–19
(11) H–13, H–14, H–15. H–16
(12) Fuse box (B–36)
(13) B–20
(14) P–8
Parts Location (4JX1)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 14 15 16 2
13
4
D08RWB47
Legend
(1) B–22
(2) P–3
(3) P–4
(4) B–2
(5) P–9
(6) P–8
(7) C–39
(8) H–42
(9) H–2
(10) H–3
(11) Relay and Fuse box (X–17, X–20)
(12) H–1
(13) C–56
(14) B–18, B–19
(15) H–12, H–13, H–15, H–16
(16) Fuse Box (B–36)
General Description
The Powertrain Control Module (PCM) is located in the
passenger compartment.
The PCM constantly monitors the information from
various sensors, and controls the systems that affect
vehicle performance.
The PCM performs the diagnostic function of the system.
It can recognize operational problems, alert the driver
through the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) and store a
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) or DTC(s) which identify
the problem areas to aid the technician in making repairs.
The PCM is designed to process the various input
informations and then sends the necessary electrical
responses to control fuel delivery, spark timing and other
emission control systems. The input information has an
interrelation to more than one output, therefore, if the one
input failed, it could affect more than one system
operation.
Refer to Driveability and Emission in Engine section and
Automatic Transmission in Transmission section.
Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
Circuit Diagram–1
D08RW587
PCM : POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
1.25
W
1.25
W
2.0
W
BATT.(+)
2.0
W
0.5
R/L
C-1
8
H-41
C-2
1
E-26
2
8
H-4
B
A
0.85
B/Y
C
B
E-26
FUEL
INJECTOR
FL-3 30A
PCM
NO.1
0.5
R/L
C-2
1
E-11
2
7
H-4
E-11
NO.2
0.5
R/L
C-3
1
E-25
2
6
H-4
E-25
NO.3
0.5
R/L
C-2
1
E-12
2
5
H-4
E-12
NO.4
0.5
R/L
C-3
1
E-24
2
12
H-4
E-24
NO.5
0.5
R/L
0.5
G/O
0.5
G/W 0.5
G0.5
G/R 0.5
G/B 0.5
G/Y
0.85
G/O
0.85
G/W 0.85
G0.85
G/R 0.85
G/B 0.85
G/Y
1.25
R/L 1.25
R/L
1.25
R/L
1.25
R/L
1.25
R/L
2.0
W
C-2
1
E-13
2
11
H-4 H-4
16
10
X-12
2
H-42
4
X-12
E-13
NO.6
C-3 C-3
P C M
D3 D1 F13 C1 F15 C3 E16 F16A4
PCM MAIN
RELAY
0.5
B
FENDER-RH
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1)
0.85
B/Y
0.85
B/Y
X-12
1
19
H-15
3
X-12
C-8 15A
ENGINE
C-39
7
Circuit Diagram–2
D08RY00194
PCM : POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
P C M
A
E
E
0.5
B
1.0
B/L
0.5
R/W
0.5
R/W
X-11
1
C-39
7
7
3
X-11
C-3
E13
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
FUEL
PUMP
F-10 15A
FUEL PUMP F-2 10A
OXYGEN SENSOR
HEATER
JOINT
CONNECTOR
KNOCK
SENSOR
2.0
B2.0
B
2.0
B/R
2.0
B/R
2.0
B/R
2.0
B/R
2.0
R
2.0
R
1.25
B/L
0.85
B/L
0.85
R/W
FENDER-RH
2.0
W
F-4 2
H-46
20
H-33
2
H-13
15
X-11
4
2
X-11
1
F-4
H-5
C-88
14 10
1
6
E-30
C-2
C9
C-2
C7
COMMON CHAMBER
R-4
BODY-RR
1.25
B/P
1.0
B/R
1.25
B/P
0.5
B
0.5
Y
0.5
Y
H-5
13
E-29
C-2
C8
COMMON CHAMBER
H-6
13
1
C-1
E-14
A2
D
M
POWER
STEERING
PRESSURE
SW
0.5
G/Y
0.5
G/Y
H-6
16
1
C-1
E-4
B11
H-42
13
H-33
Circuit Diagram–3
PCM : POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
0.5
G
H-11
5
C-2
D14
0.5
R
0.5
R
0.5
GHEATED
OXYGEN
SENSOR
PCM
H-11
2
M-17
2
1
C-2
M-17
1.25
R/W
1.25
B
0.85
B
M-17
4
3
M-17
11
H-11
D15
H-11
1
D
1.25
R/W
1.25
R/W
H-11
H-41
10
10
1.25
B/P
0.5
B
1.0
B/R
COMMON CHAMBER
H-5
E-29
13
C-16
2
8
1JOINT
CONNECTOR
C-88
FENDER-LH
D08RWD75
Circuit Diagram–4
D08RW590
PCM : POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
1.0
B/O 1.0
B/O 1.0
B/O 1.0
B/O 1.0
B/O 1.0
B/O
3.0
B/Y
1.25
B/O
1.25
B/O
C-9 15A
IGN. COIL
STARTER SW
(IG1)
2
E-37
1
H-6
H-7 7
0.5
R
0.5
R
1.0
B
C-2
E-3714
1.0
B
COMMON
E-30
1.0
B
CHAMBER
E-28
3
E-37
1
H-5 4
2
E-40
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
1.0
B
C-1
E-4014
3
E-40
1
H-5 3
2
E-38
0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
1.0
B
C-2
E-3814
3
E-38
1
H-5 2
2
E-41
0.5
R/W
1.0
B
C-1
E-4114
3
E-41
1
H-5 1
2
E-39
0.5
R/Y
1.0
B
C-2
E-3914
3
E-39
1
H-5 8
2
E-42
0.5
R/G
0.5
R/W 0.5
R/Y 0.5
R/G
1.0
B
C-1
E-4214
3
E-42
1
H-5 7
P C M
C4 B3 D6 B2 D5 B4
IGNITION
COIL NO.1 IGNITION
COIL NO.2 IGNITION
COIL NO.3 IGNITION
COIL NO.4 IGNITION
COIL NO.5 IGNITION
COIL NO.6
Circuit Diagram–5
F
C
H
VSV : VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE
PCM : POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
P C M
0.85
B/Y
C-3
H-6
H-416
8
H-41
2
E5
0.5
R/L
0.8
R/L
VSV ;
DUTY
SOLENOID
0.8
B/Y
C-1
E-8
H-6 7
E-8
1
2
A15
0.85
B/Y
0.85
B/Y
0.5
Y/B
0.5
W/L
VSV ;
INTAKE
AIR
INTAKE AIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
0.5
B/Y
C-2
E-44
E-33
H-4 9
E-44
2
1
C11
0.85
Y
0.8
Y
C-3
H-415
E-33
1
E6
0.85
Y/R
0.8
Y/R
C-1
H-414
E-33
3
B7
0.85
R
0.8
R
0.8
G
0.8
G0.8
Y/G 0.8
G0.8
L0.8
R
0.8
B/Y
C-1
H-413
E-33
4
5
A1
0.85
Y/G
C-1
H-5 9
E-43
1
E-43
2
E-5
2
B8
0.75
G
C-2
H-6 6
E-5
1
D8
0.75
L
0.5
B
0.5
B/R
1.25
B/P
1.0
B/R
COMMON CHAMBER
C-3
13
H-5
E-29
H-6 5
E-5
3
E8
E-33
2
EGR VALVE
3
1
C-88
D08RY00186
Circuit Diagram–6
D08RY00185
C-871
PCM : POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
1.0
B/L
1.25
B/L
0.85
B/L
0.5
Y
0.5
Y
0.85
B/Y
COMMON CHAMBER COMMON CHAMBER
14
H-5
2
C-87
C-2
3
C-87
E-30
1.0
B/P
1.25
B/P
0.5
B
0.5
Y
13
24
1
5
H-5
E-29
C-2
D10
JOINT
CONNECTOR
CRANK POSITION
SENSOR
C-88
F
H
MASS AIR FLOW
SENSOR
E-27
3
H-510
0.5
Y/R
0.85
Y/R
C-3
E-27
1
H-511
0.5
G
E-27
20.5
G
C-2
CAM POSITION
SENSOR
E-32
2
0.5
Y/R
0.85
Y/R
E-32
3
H-5 6
0.5
L
0.5
W
C-2
E-32
1
H-5 5
P C M
C5 E11 D11
Circuit Diagram–7
D08RY00922
C-2E-6
1
C-2
2
C-2
3
C-2E-6
4
E-6 E-6
PCM : POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
P C M
0.85
R/Y 0.85
GR/B
0.85
GR JOINT
CONNECTOR
0.5
L/R
B1 D9 F8
0.85
R/Y
0.8
G/W
C-2H-6 H-6
0.85
GR 0.85
GR/B
0.8
G0.8
R
H-6
C-1 C-2 C-3
C-2E-7 E-7 E-7
234
312
MAP SENSOR
C-3
E9
C-2
H-5
0.5
GR
0.8
G0.8
L/R
H-5
C-2
E-20 E-20
15 16
21
C-1
A5
C-2
H-4
4
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
IDLE AIR
CONTROL VALVE
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR
(METER)
IMMOBILIZER
CONTROL
UNIT
0.85
L
0.8
L
C-1
A6
C-2
H-4
3
0.85
L/W
0.8
L/W
C-1
A8
C-2
H-4
2
AB
0.85
L/R
0.8
L/R
C-1
A7
C-2
D7
C-2
H-4
1
0.85
L/B
0.5
W/B
0.8
L/B
0.85
B/P
0.85
B/P
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
20 15 12
18 14 13 17
C-88
5
I-10
I-1021
FENDER-RH
(W/TOD)
5
I-10
5
C-39
18
H-16
12
H-9
I-9 19
C-65
C-65
6
8
Circuit Diagram–8
15
C-2
H-9
TACHO-
METER
0.5
B/R
PCM : POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
10
C-1
H-9
5
H-41
6
H-41
MIL
0.5
V
C-1
A/C
COMPRESSOR
RELAY (3)
0.5
G/B
C-3
A/C
THERMO
RELAY (4)
0.5
G/O
C-1
0.5
O/B
0.5
O/B
TAIL
RELAY
0.85
R/B 0.85
R/B
2
X-9
X-9 4
16
C-1
H-15
0.3
G
LIGHTING
SW
RR
COMBINATION
LIGHT-RH
CHECK
TRANS 0.3
G
0.3
G
H-7
4
B12
X-9
3
3
1
X-9
0.85
G/R 0.3
G
5.0
W
0.85
R/B
F-12 15A
TAIL
BATT. (+)
P C M
C10 A13 B14 E15 A14 B12
H-9
D08RY00172
Circuit Diagram–9
D08RY00106
3.0
B/Y
C-3 10A
TURN, BACK C-1 10A
STARTER RELAY
STARTER SW
(IG1)
EHCU : ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
PCM : POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
H-11
H-7
6
2
0.85
R/B
0.75
R/B
0.75
R/L
BACKUP
LIGHT
0.85
R/B
17
5
H-117
3.0
W/G
STARTER SW
(ST)
H-10
H-12
0.5
W/L
1.25
W/L
STARTER
RELAY (6)
0.5
W/R
M-25
M-25
8
C-3
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
H-531
7
C-3
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
H-532
6
C-3
0.5
L/B
0.5
L/B
H-533
3
C-3
0.5
Y/G
0.5
Y/G
0.5
L/B
H-534
8H-8 7
A/T MODE SW
4
15
2
C-1
EHCU (6)
0.5
GR
C-3
CRUISE CONTROL
UNIT (5)
CRUISE
CONTROL
UNIT (12)
0.5
GR/L
M-25M-25M-25M-25M-25M-25
1.25
W/R
H-10
1
16 H-42
3
H-8
P C MP C M
E12 E7 F2 F3 A12 F10
Circuit Diagram–10
D08RW596
C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1
H-9
I-9
H-9 H-9 H-24
I-9
A11 A10 A14 A9 F4
PCM:POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
I-9
H-26
I-9 I-9 I-9
P C M
0.5
O/L 0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/W
5.0
W
0.85
G/Y
0.5
O/B
0.5
P/G
0.5
GR/W
0.5
O/L
0.5
O/B
0.5
P/G
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
3.0
B/Y
0.5
P/W
51642
1
I-9
29
26
I-9
28
I-9
6
I-9 B-14
H-12
B-14
C-3
3
8
2
1
4
1
32125
15
6
C-10 10A
METER,GAUGE
STARTER SW
(IG1)
METER
POWER
WINTER
CHECK
TRANS
A/T OIL
TEMP
POWER
WINTER
CHECK
TRANS
A/T OIL
TEMP
(W/TOD)
B-13
B-13
G
(W/CRUISE CONTROL)
STOP
LIGHT
SW
BRAKE
SW
C-14 15A
STOP,A/T CONT
BATT. (+)
Circuit Diagram–11
D08RY00923
P C M
C-1
A16 C-3 C-2
F14 C2 C-3
M-7 M-7 M-7 M-7
E14 C-2
D9 C-3
M-6 M-6
C-2
F7 D2 C-3
E3 C-3
M-6 M-6 M-6
C-3
E4 E1 C-3
E2
13
H-53
14
H-53
16
H-53
15
2314
9
17
15
10 811 12
53412 12
67 5
13
7
1
H-53
COMMON CHAMBER
SPEED
SENSOR
(TRANSMISSION)
ADAPTER CASE
(TRANSMISSION)
MAIN CASE
(TRANSMISSION)
1.0
B/R
1.25
B/P
1.25
V/W
1.25
V/R
0.5
BR/L
0.5
R/B
0.5
GR
0.85
GR
0.5
W
0.5
R
1.25
V/W
1.25
V/R
0.75
BR/L
0.75
G
1.25
BR/W
0.5
BR/B
0.5
BR/R
0.5
BR/Y
1.25
BR/W
0.75
BR/B
0.75
BR/R
1.25
BR/Y 0.75
G/R
0.5
W
0.5
R
JOINT
CONNEC-
TOR
E-29
H-5
JOINT
CONNECTOR
C-88
C-88
(+) (–)
(+)
(–)
H-53
H-53H-53H-53H-53H-53
H-53 H-53
OIL TEMP.
SENSOR
TCC
SOLENOID
2-3
SOLENOID
1-2,3-4
SOLENOID
BAND APPLY
FORCE
MOTOR
PCM:POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
M-15 M-15
Circuit Diagram–12
D08RW598
G
BODY-RH BODY-CTR
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER (3)
COMMON
CHAMBER
TAIL REAY
(4)
6
2
1
42
5
269
45
14
16
9
3
1
0.5
LB
0.5
B0.5
B
0.5
V/G
0.5
V/R
0.5
V/G
0.5
V/R
0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
0.5
O/G 0.5
O/L 0.5
O
0.5
B/L
0.5
B/L
1.25
B/L
1.0
B/L
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/W
2.0
B
1.25
B
0.5
LB
C-3
H-8
B-10
B-10
B-19 B-26
BODY-RH
2.0
B
B-18
BODY-LH
2.0
B
B-2
B-30 B-30
B-30B-30
F11
KICK DOWN
SW POWER/
WINTER SW
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
P C M
12
11
B-30
H-8
C-3
H-8
C-3
F5 F6 C-1
B13 C-3
F12 C-2
C-63 C-63 C-63
C-63 C-63
E-30
H-5
C-63
H-7
D4
PCM:POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
Parts Location–1
39
38
36
29
37
28 40
41
45
14
44
31
32 42
30
27
26
25 35
34
33
46
47
48 51
49
50
43
15
17
16
18
24
19
20 21 22 23
123
4
5
6
7
8
9
11 10
12
13
D08RW616
Legend
(1) PCM
(2) C–63
(3) F–4
(4) H–33
(5) R–4
(6) H–46
(7) H–7, H–8, H–9, H–24
(8) C–16
(9) H–4, H–5, H–6
(10) M–18
(11) H–10, H–11
(12) C–87
(13) M–17
(14) H–41, H–42
(15) Battery
(16) H–3
(17) Relay and Fuse box (X–9, X–11, X–12)
(18) C–39
(19) H–13, H–15, H–16, H–26
(20) Fuse box
(21) H–12
(22) I–10
(23) I–9
(24) C–88
(25) E–37
(26) E–38
(27) E–39
(28) E–33
(29) E–24
(30) E–30
(31) E–25
(32) E–26
(33) E–14
(34) E–11
(35) E–12
(36) E–28, E–29
(37) E–7
(38) E–13
(39) E–32
(40) E–44
(41) E–42
(42) E–41
(43) E–40
(44) H–4, H–5, H–6
(45) E–4
(46) E–8
(47) E–5
(48) E–43
(49) E–20
(50) E–6
(51) E–27
Parts Location–2
123
4
10
11
12
13
14
15 22
16
17
18
19 20
21
6
5
7
8
9
D08RW615
Legend
(1) C–63
(2) PCM
(3) B–30
(4) H–7, H–8, H–9, H–24
(5) B–2
(6) H–4, H–5, H–6
(7) M–7
(8) M–25
(9) M–6
(10) H–10, H–11, H–53
(11) M–15
(12) E–28, E–29
(13) E–30
(14) H–41
(15) Relay and Fuse Box
(16) B–18, B–19
(17) C–39
(18) H–13, H–14, H–15, H–16, H–26
(19) Fuse Box
(20) B–10
(21) B–13, B–14
(22) B–26
Engine Control Module (ECM)
Circuit Diagram–1
D08RY00916
ECM
0.8
G/W
0.5
G/W
0.5
G/W
5.0
W
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.8
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
3.0
R/B 0.5
B/L
0.5
B/L
0.5
B/L
5.0
W
5.0
W
3.0
W/R
8.0
B/R
STARTER SW
(B1, B2)
BATT.(+)
FL-1 80A
MAIN
F-10
10A
ECT
C-4 10A
STOP LAMP
C-8 15A
ENGINE C-10 10A
METER, GAUGE C-3 10A
TURN BACK C-4 15A
ELEC.IGN.
7
H-32
11
H-6
10
E-2
3.0
B/Y
3.0
B/Y
3.0
B/Y
0.85
B/Y
0.85
B/Y
0.85
B/Y
0.85
B/Y
0.8
B/Y
0.5
B/Y
0.5
Y/G
0.5
Y/G
0.5
Y/G 0.5
Y/G
0.5
Y/G
0.5
Y/G
0.85
B/Y
0.85
B/Y
0.5
L/Y 0.5
R/B 0.5
L/W
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1)
FL-2 50A
KEY SW FL-4 50A
ECM FL-5 50A
GLOW
A
B-14
1
H-6
9
E-1
J1-27 J1-15 J2-9 J1-16 J1-13J2-10
27
2
B-14
8
H-12
2
1
H-42
3.0
W/R 2.0
W/R
STOP LIGHT
SW
STOP LIGHT
GLOW
PLUG
GLOW
RELAY
C-51
C-60
C-51
H-7
H-15
4
C-51
H-14
2
C-51
H-6
6H-6
13
H-631
H-63
3
12
E-2
9
E-1
16
H-6
4
H-41
9
1
H-41
8
1
1
3
E-1
15
B C D
E
VSV; EXHAUST-1 VSV; EXHAUST-2
C-44
C-44
2
19
E-1
13
H-5
3
H-42
7
C-45
C-45
2
1
Circuit Diagram–2
D08RY00917
7
0.5
Y
E-2
J2-5
5
H-5
C-63
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
ACCEL.
SW
C-63
FUSE
C-14
C-63
8
16 2 6
45
9
0.5
O/L
E-2
J2-29
29
H-5
C-63
C-63
0.5
B/P
3.0
B/P
3.0
B/L
3.0
B/P 3.0
B
(M/T)
0.5
B/P
0.5
B
7
0.5
O
0.5
O/G0.85
G/W
0.5
O/L 0.5
O
E-2
J2-6
6
E-3
J3-3
3
E-3
J3-4
4
H-5
C-63
5
E-2
J2-8
8
H-614
ECM
C-16
6
H-5
E-4
FENDER-LH FENDER-LHENGINE
3
H-8
B-15
2
1
B-15
10
2
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
G/R
0.5
G/R
0.5
G/R
H-8
C-16
F
3.0
B/Y
(M/T)
Circuit Diagram–3
D08RY00064
E A G
ECM
0.85
B/Y
ECM
RELAY-1 ECM
RELAY-1
INTAKE
MOTOR
X-11
3.0
R
3.0
R
3.0
R
E-22
3.0
W/B
3.0
W/B
3.0
W/B
0.5
G
0.5
B/Y
0.8
B/Y
0.8
B/Y
0.8
B/Y
0.85
G
0.85
G
3.0
R/W
0.8
B/Y 0.8
B/Y
0.8
B/Y
0.8
Y/R 0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
0.8
Y/R
0.8
B/Y
0.8
B/Y
0.8
Y
0.8
GR 0.8
BR 0.8
L0.8
O
0.8
Y
0.5
G
0.5
B
0.5
G
2
X-11
1
H-43
15
H-4
1
3E-3
J3-1
1
3
X-11
4
X-11
VSV;
EGR EVRV;
EGR
F-2 15A
ECM
X-10 X-10
3.0
W/B
3.0
R/W
3.0
R/W
3.0
R
3.0
R/W
2
X-10
2
H-43
16
H-4
15
H-6
13
H-42
2
E-3
J3-2
10
E-1
J1-10
14
E-1
15
E-2
16
E-2
28
E-2
14
E-2
J1-14 J2-15 J2-16 J2-28 J2-14 J1-25
1
43
X-10
C-39
FENDER(RH)
G
H
1
2
E-7
3
E-7
1
H-1713
H-17 5H-1715
E-22
RPCV
14
H-17
1
E-25
14
H-41
12
H-4
2
E-7
5
E-7
E-7
4
E-7
6
25
E-1
6
H-17
E-25
2
J1-9
1
E-21
9
E-1
16
H-17
E-21
2
Circuit Diagram–4
D08RY00918
I-9
26(W/TOD)
15(W/O TOD)
H-9
12
C-65
8
B
ECM
5
I-10
6
H-26
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
W/B
0.5
W/B
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
0.5
L
0.5
V
0.5
V
0.5
P/W
0.5
P/W
0.5
P/W
SPEEDOMETER TACHOMETER
METER
IMMOBILIZER
CONTROL UNIT
CHECK
ENGINE GLOW
H-9
15
H-4
2
9 5 26 (W/O TOD)
30 (W/ TOD)
(W/ TOD)
I-9
19
E-1
J1-19
26
E-1
J1-26
12
E-1
J1-12
11
E-1
J1-11
6
C-65
H-9
10
H-4
9
H-9
14
H-4
11
I-9
4
I-10 I-9
H-4
8
0.5
LG/W
H-4
VEHICLE
SPEED
SENSOR(3)
TCM(7)
6
L
Circuit Diagram–5
D08RW627
I
3
B-17
0.5
R
0.5
R
0.5
R
0.5
L/Y 0.5
B
GND5V
1
B-17
2
B-17
5
H-8 6
H-8
7
H-8
E-1
4
J1-4
E-2
32
J2-32
E-2
19
J2-19 E-2
22
J2-22 E-2
23
J2-23 E-2
27
J2-27
E-2
25
H-5
11
H-5
10
E-28
1
H-5
12
H-5
9
J2-25
ACCEL.
SENSOR
CAM
POSITION
SENSOR
CRANK
POSITION
SENSOR
MAP
SENSOR EGR PRESSURE
SENSOR
GNDSIG5V
3
E-24
2
E-24
1
E-24 3
E-5
2
E-5
1
E-5
GNDSIG5V
F
H
ECM
J
H-17
11
H-17
9
H-17
10
3
E-28
2
E-28 SIGGND
12V 12V
H-17
2
H-17
3
E-13
1
3
E-13
2
E-13 SIGGND
14
H-8
1
H-17
0.5
B/Y
0.5
B/Y
0.5
B/P 0.5
Y
0.5
Y
0.5
Y
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
W
0.5
W
0.5
R0.5
B
0.5
W
0.5
R0.5
B
0.5
L/Y
0.5
R0.5
B
0.5
L
0.5
B/P
0.5
B/P
3.0
B/P
0.5
B/Y
F
Circuit Diagram–6
D08RW626
ECM
E-2
2
J2-2
E-2
1
J2-1
E-2
7
J2-7
K
I
J
1
E-10
2
E-10
E-1
1
J1-1
FUEL
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
1
E-26
2
E-26
E-2
30
J2-30 E-2
24
H-17
7
H-17
8
J2-24
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
3
E-8
10
E-9
2
E-9
3
E-9
4
E-9
5
E-9
NO.1 NO.2 NO.3 NO.4
9
E-9
8
E-9
7
E-9
0.5
R0.5
W0.5
B
0.8
R0.8
R/L 0.8
R/Y 0.8
R/G 1.0
R/B
0.5
G/W 0.5
GR/B 0.5
B/W
0.5
B/G
0.5
B/G
0.5
L/R
0.5
L/R
0.5
L/Y 0.5
B/G
GND GND GND
INJECTOR JOINT
GND GND
SIG5V
GND GNDSIG GNDSIG5V
OIL
PRESSURE
SENSOR
1
E-8
2
E-8
E-1
3
J1-3
E-3
5
J3-5
E-2
4
J2-4
E-2
3
J2-3 E-2
26
J2-26
E-1
18
J1-18
INTAKE
THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
F
Circuit Diagram–7
ECM
E-16
1
2
E-16
C
K
D
E-15
1
2
E-15
1
E-6
2
E-6 E-14
1
2
E-14
14
H-4
17
H-7
H-4
13
E-1
21
E-2
18
E-2
21
E-1
32
E-1
20
E-2
13
7
H-12
H-6
1
E-1
31
E-1
23
0.5
L/B
0.5
L/P
E-2
J1-21J2-18J2-21 J1-32 J1-20 J2-13 J1-31 J1-23
QWS
THERMO SW
RELAY(3)
J2-11
QWS SW(5)
0.5
W/G
0.8
R/G
0.8
G/B
0.8
R/L
0.5
R/L
0.5
B/G
0.5
P
0.5
B/G
0.5
L/O
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/L
0.8
L/W
0.8
L/W
0.85
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.5
G/O
CERAMIC
HEATER
RELAY(4)
NUETRAL
SW
TRANS-
MISSION
SW-1,2
BACKUP
LIGHT
SW
OIL
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
MAT
SENSOR
BACKUP LIGHT
A/C THERMO
RELAY(4)
11
1
E-9
6
E-9
D08RW625
Circuit Diagram–8
D08RY00919
2
6
H-30
E-1
(A/T)
J1-6 (A/T)
J1-22
C
L
F
0.5
B/P
0.5
B/P
0.5
B/L
E-29
3
C-79
6
C-79
15
H-4
13
E-1
J1-21
ECM
TCM
0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L 0.5
Y/V 0.5
R/B
0.5
R/Y
0.5
R/L 0.5
B/R
3
22
H-6
4
H-8
E-1
0.5
R/W
0.85
R/W
0.85
R/W
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
BACKUP
LIGHT A/T SHIFT
INDICATOR A/T SHIFT
INDICATOR
21
2
RPN
E-29
17
H-7
19
C-78
11
B-67
E-2
J2-31
0.5
Y/V
31
5
E-29
E-1
J1-29
0.5
R/B
MODE SW
(A/T) T.O.D
CONTROL
UNIT
29
6
E-29
ECM
B-68
9
H-7
6
Parts Location
6
40
7
11
8
9
10
15
16
17
14
18
12
13
19
20
21
34
31 22
32 33 35 36
37
38
1
2
345
23
24
27 25 26 28 29
30 39
D08RWA47
Legend
(1) I–10
(2) I–9
(3) B–14
(4) C–63
(5) C–65
(6) H–7, H–8, H–9
(7) C–16
(8) E–16
(9) E–14
(10) E–15
(11) E–1, E–2. E-3
(12) C–44
(13) C–45
(14) H–4, H–5, H–6
(15) H–17
(16) E–21
(17) E–4
(18) E–5
(19) E–22
(20) E–25
(21) E–28
(22) E–24
(23) E–12
(24) E–13
(25) E–9
(26) E–8
(27) E–7
(28) E–6
(29) E–10
(30) C–60
(31) H–41, H–42, H–43
(32) Relay and Fuse box (X–10, X–11)
(33) C–51
(34) E–26
(35) C–39
(36) H–15
(37) Fuse box (H–63)
(38) B–15, B–17
(39) H–12
(40) H–32
General Description
The circuit consists of headlight, fog light, lighting switch,
dimmer·passing switch, fog light switch, high beam
indicator, lighting relay and fog light relay. When lighting
switch is turned on by setting it at headlight position,
lighting relay is activated to turn on headlight. Optical axis
of headlight can be turned up or down by operating
dimmer switch while headlight is on. Passing switch is
independent of lighting switch, and optical axis of passing
light can be turned up only while switch lever is pulled up
and held in this state.
When fog light switch is turned on while lighting switch is
on at clearance or headlight position, fog light relay is
activated to turn on fog light.
Headlight and Fog Light
Circuit Diagram–1
D08RW608
5.0
W
0.85
GR 0.85
GR
3.0
W3.0
W
3.0
Y/R
FL-1 80A
MAIN
F-8 20A
FRT FOG
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
FOG
LIGHT
SW
LIGHTING
RELAY
F-4 15A
H/LAMP-LH F-5 15A
H/LAMP-RH
BATT.(+)
TAIL
RELAY(4)
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER
(3)
1.25
V
4
15
X-23
A
2
X-23
0.85
R/L
B
0.5
B
0.5
B
1.25
B
0.5
B
0.85
G
0.85
G
0.5
B0.3
R/G
3
7
X-23
5
I-5
3
I-5
2
I-5
H-41
C-39
FENDER
-RH
13
H-16
1
X-23
1
H-16
5
H-26
4
I-5 6
I-5
0.85
R/L
0.85
R/L
0.85
LG/R
0.3
V/R
0.3
V/R
0.5
V/R
0.3
V/R
3.0
R/B
3
4
X-1
5
X-1
C
D
H-41
E
4
H-15
1
X-1 4
X-1
F
B-19
BODY
-RH
Circuit Diagram–2
A B C
C-24
FOG
LIGHT
-LH
HEAD
LIGHT
-LH
HEAD
LIGHT
-RH
LIGHTING
SW
DIMMER·PASSING
SW
(COMBINATION
SW)
1.25
V
1.25
V
0.5
B
0.5
B
FOG
LIGHT
-RH
HIGH
BEAM
INIDI-
CATOR
(METER)
1
2
C-29
0.85
R/L
0.85
R/Y
0.85
R/Y
0.85
R/L
1.25
R/Y
1.25
R/Y
1.25
R/Y 0.3
V/R
0.5
B
0.3
V/R
1.25
B
BODY-RH
LOW HIGH
PASS
H-15
10
H-13
16
H-41
13
H-9
9
H-41
16
14
I-10
I-10
1
C-21
212
C-21
13
B-12 15
B-12 14
15
C-21
3
1
2
C-24 C-29
5
C-16
FENDER-LH
D
E
F
0.85
LG/R
0.85
Y
0.85
Y
0.85
Y
0.85
Y
1.25
R/Y
C-32 C-32
C-32
3
B-12
16
B-127
B-19
1
B-12
B-12
D08RW609
Parts Location
4
1
13
14
2
6
9
11
12
8
5
7
3
15
10
D08RW607
Legend
(1) Battery
(2) Relay and Fuse box (X–1, X–23)
(3) C–39
(4) H–13, H–15, H–16, H–26
(5) B–19
(6) I–5
(7) I–10
(8) B–12
(9) H–9
(10) C–16
(11) C–21
(12) C–24
(13) C–29
(14) H–41, H–42
(15) C–32
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
1. Headlight
2. FRT Fog Light
1-1. Both Headlights Inoperative
1-2. Headlight on the Left (or Right) Side Inoperative
1-3. Headlights in Low-Beam Inoperative
1-4. Headlights in High-Beam Inoperative
1-5. Headlight Beam Does Not Change
1-6. Headlights Remain on When The Lighting SW is Turned Off
1-7. Headlights Come on With The Lighting SW at the Clearance Light Position
1-8. Passing Lights Inoperative
2-1. Both FRT Fog Lights Inoperative (While Clearance Light is ON)
•IS 5 C-16 OR 7 C-39 GROUNDED SECURELY?
YES
GROUND IT SECURELY
NO
•
•REMOVE THE FRT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
IS THE CONTINUITY IN THE SWITCH NORMAL?
YES
REPAIR OR REPLACE THE SWITCH
NO
WITH THE LIGHTING SWITCH AT CLEARANCE LIGHT POSITION,
IS THE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN 4 I-5 AND
THE GROUND?
YES
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS
OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 4 X-9 AND 4 I-5
NO
REMOVE THE FRT FOG LIGHT RELAY
IS THE RELAY NORMAL?
•
•
YES
REPAIR OR REPLACE THE RELAY
NO
REINSTALL THE FRT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
WITH THE LIGHTING SWITCH AT CLEARANCE LIGHT
POSITION AND FRT FOG LIGHT SWITCH AT ON POSITION, IS
THE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN I X-23 AND THE
GROUND?
•
•
YES
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNCETORS
OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 5 I-5 AND 1 X-23
NO
IS THERE CONTINUITY BETWEEN 3 X-23 AND THE GROUND?•
•
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS OR
AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 3 X-23 AND 7 C-39
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS OR AN
OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 4 X-23 AND FRT FOG LIGHT
•IS THE FUSE F-8 (20A) NORMAL?
YES
REPLACE THE FUSE
NO
2-2. FRT Fog Light on The Left (Or Right) Side Inoperative (While Clearance Light is ON)
•IS THE BULB NORMAL ?
YES
REPLACE THE BULB
NO
•IS THERE CONTINUITY BETWEEN 4 X-23 AND
1 C-24 (OR 1 C-29 )?
YES
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS
OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 4 X-23 AND 1 C-24
(OR 1 C-29 )
NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS
OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 2 C-24 (2 C-29 )
AND 5 C-16
General Description
The circuit consists of the lighting switch, clearance light,
taillight and license plate light.
All these lights come on when the lighting switch is turned
on with the switch to either clearance or headlight
position.
Clearance Light, Taillight and License Plate Light
Circuit Diagram–1
D08RW619
3.0
W
0.85
R/B
F-12 15A
TAIL,ILLUMI.
TAIL RELAY
BATT.(+)
0.3
G
0.3
G
3
X-9
1
X-9
0.5
B
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/O
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
0.85
R/B
4
X-9
CLEARANCE
2
X-9
10
A
B-12
H-15
B-12
LIGHTING
SW
(COMBINATION
SW)
FRT
COMBINATION
LIGHT
-LH
0.5
B
1.25
B
8
3
7
2
C-22
1
H-41
4
H-15
H-32
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
INTERIOR
ILLUMINATION
LIGHT
B-19
BODY-RH FENDER-LH
1
C-22
1
C-16
0.5
B
CLEARANCE
FRT
COMBINATION
LIGHT
-RH
2
C-31
FENDER-LH
1
C-31
1
C-16
9
H-32
B
Circuit Diagram–2
D08RW618
'98/ 1/ 19
9345
0.85
G/R
0.85
O/B
0.85
O/B
1.25
B/L
1.25
B/L
1.25
B/L
1.25
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
LICENSE
PLATE
LIGHT
-RH
TAIL
LIGHT
-RH
(BODY)
TAIL
LIGHT
-RH
(BUMPER)
TRAILER
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
(TAIL LIGHT)
1
B
F-8
4
F-8
17
H-33
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/O
18
H-33
0.85
G/R
1.25
B
1
R-12
6
R-12
R-4
BODY-RR
4
H-44
20
H-33
1
H-44
0.85
G/R
6
H-44
2
F-10 1
F-10
LICENSE
PLATE
LIGHT
-LH
TAIL
LIGHT
-LH
(BODY)
TAIL
LIGHT
-LH
(BUMPER)
1
A
F-7
6
H-33
4
F-7
0.85
G/O
1.25
B
1
R-13
6
R-13
2
F-9 1
F-9
Parts Location
13
14
15
16
17
18
1234
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
D08RW620
Legend
(1) R–12
(2) H–44
(3) F–8
(4) F–7
(5) H–33
(6) R–13
(7) R–4
(8) F–9
(9) F–10
(10) H–32
(11) C–16
(12) C–22
(13) C–31
(14) H–42
(15) Relay and Fuse box (X–9)
(16) B–19
(17) H–15
(18) B–12
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Point
1. All Lights Inoperative
2. Both Taillights Inoperative
3. Taillight on The Left (Or Right) Side Inoperative
4. Both Clearance Lights Inoperative
5. Clearance Light on The Left (Or Right) Side Inoperative
6. License Plate Light on The Left (Or Right) Side Inoperative
General Description
The circuit consists of a lighting switch, tail relay,
illumination controller and illumination lights.
All these lights come on when the lighting switch is turned
on with the switch turned to either parking or headlight
position.
The brightness of illumination lights except the ones for
ashtray, glove box and vanity mirror, can be adjusted by
the illumination controller.
Interior Illumination Light
Circuit Diagram–1
D08RW657
5.0
W
0.85
R/B
F-12 15A
TAIL,ILLUMI.
TAIL RELAY
BATT.(+)
0.3
G
0.3
G
3
X-9
1
X-9
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
0.85
R/B
4
X-9
2
X-9
B-12
H-15
B-12
LIGHTING
SW
(COMBINATION
SW)
SHIFT
LEVER
(A/T)
MIRROR
CONTROL
SW
MIRROR
FOLD
SW
MIRROR
DEFOGGER
SW
POWER/
WINTER
SW
0.5
B
1.25
B
8
3
7
B-19
BODY-RH
4
H-15
FRT
COMBINATION
LIGHT
TAIL
LIGHT
9
H-32
1
H-41 1
2
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
B-33
B-33
2
3
0.85
G/R
B-55
B-55
3
2
0.85
G/R
B-56
B-56
6
2
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G 0.3
R/G 0.3
R/G 0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G
B-57
B-57
5
2
B-30
B-30
C
B
A
Circuit Diagram–2
D08RW656
A
B
D
E
VANITY
MIRROR
-LH
1
H-21
14
H-16
(W/SUN ROOF)
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
G/R
0.5
G/R 0.5
G/R
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G 0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
4
H-21
4
H-21
CIGARE-
TTE
LIGHTER
1
2
2.0
B
2.0
B
B-2
BODY-LH
HAZARD
SW
3
1
I-11
I-11
FOG
LIGHT
SW
6
2
I-5
I-5
RR
DEFOGGER
SW
6
2
I-17 I-20
I-20
I-17
AUDIO
11
3
I-15
I-15
1
L-4
2
L-4
VANITY
MIRROR
-RH
1
L-6
2
L-6
Circuit Diagram–3
D08RW655
D
E
F
G
0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G
METERRR WIPER/
WASHER
SW
HEATER
BEZEL
7
8
I-9
I-9
3
2
I-16
I-16
0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G
3
5
I-23
I-23
CRUISE
CONTROL
MAIN
SW
6
2
I-6
I-6
24
25
I-9
(W/TOD)
I-9
Circuit Diagram–4
D08RW654
F
C G
0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G
0.3
R/G
0.3
R/G
0.5
G/R
0.3
B
0.5
G/R
GLOVE
BOX
1
2
I-24
0.5
B
0.5
B
1.25
B
0.5
B
0.3
B
5
H-26
I-24
ASH TRAY
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER
2
1
I-19
I-19 1
I-7
3
H-263
I-7
B-19
BODY-RH
I-7
2
Parts Location
1
2
3
4
5678910
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
D08RW651
Legend
(1) Front Fog Light Switch (I–5)
(2) Wiper/Washer Switch (I–4)
(3) Illumination Controller
(4) B–12
(5) I–9
(6) Hazard Switch (I–11)
(7) L–6
(8) I–16
(9) I–17
(10) L–4
(11) I–24
(12) H–21
(13) B–2
(14) H–32
(15) I–23
(16) I–20
(17) B–30
(18) B–33
(19) I–19
(20) B–55, B–56, B–57
(21) H–41
(22) I–16
(23) B–19
(24) Relay and Fuse Box (X–9)
(25) H–15, H–16, H–26
Diagnosis
Interior Illumination Lights Inoperative
General Description
The circuit consists of a turn signal switch (combination
switch), turn signal light, hazard warning switch and
flasher unit. When the turn signal light switch is turned on
with starter switch on, turn signal light will operate. When
turn signal light is flashing, indicator light in meter also
starts flashing. When hazard warning switch is turned on,
current flows to flasher unit through hazard warning
switch to cause hazard warning light to flash independent
of position of starter switch. At the same time, indicator
lights in meter also start flashing.
Turn Signal Light and Hazard Warning Light
Circuit Diagram–1
D08RW683
9345
I-11
5
B-53
B
1
H-27
16
H-257
B-53
2
L
H-25
10
0.85
R/B 0.85
G/O
H-16
12
HAZARD
WARNING
SW
TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT SW
FLASHER
UNIT
0.85
G/B
0.85
G/B
0.85
G/B
0.85
P/B
0.85
P/B
2.0
G/O
0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER
(3)
0.85
P/B
2.0
LG/B
0.5
B
1.25
B
2.0
LG/B
2.0
LG/B
2.0
LG/B
2.0
B/R
2.0
B/R
0.85
R/B
0.85
R/B 2.0
G/O
5.0
W
BATT.(+)
F-3 15A
HORN,HAZARD
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1)
C-3 10A
TURN
BACK
B-12
B-124B-125
3
LR
A
I-11 I-11 I-11 I-11
64 2 1
I-11
7
I-11
8
I-11
TAIL RELAY
(4)
BACK UP
LIGHT
3
B
B-53
3
E
HORN RELAY
(2)
H-27
6
H-27
10
B-19
BODY-RH
Circuit Diagram–2
D08RW684
A
C-70
1
C-70
2
C-22
3
C-22
1
H-714 H-719
H-27
TURN SIGNAL
INDICATOR
LIGHT
(METER)
10
(4JX1)
C-16
0.5
B
SIDE TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT-LH
FRT TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT-LH
0.5
B
0.85
G/B
0.85
G/B
0.85
G/B 0.85
G/B
0.85
G/B
0.85
G/B
8
C-16
FENDER-LH FENDER-LH
1
F-7
1
H-32
21
H-33
11
F-7
2
H-336
RR TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT-LH
(BUMPER)
1.25
B/L 1.25
B
1.25
B
0.85
G/B
R-4
BODY-RR
R-13
4
R-13
1
RR TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT-LH
(BODY)
0.85
G/B
C
D
Circuit Diagram–3
D08RW685
5.0
W
BATT.(+)
F-1 10A
RR SUB LAMP
2
R-15
2
7
H-59
H-44
16
H-46
8
H-15
R-15
1
43
R-15
0.85
G/B
0.3
B
0.3
B
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/W
0.85
P/L
1.25
B
1.25
B
0.5
B0.5
B
1.25
B/L
0.85
P/B
0.85
P/B
0.85
P/B
0.85
P/B
0.85
P/B
0.85
P/B
0.85
P/L
0.85
P/B
0.85
G/O
0.85
G/O
R-15
1
R-14
1
3
H-59
H-44
R-14
2
34
R-14
R-14
C
D
H-44
TRAILER HARNESS CONNECTOR
(TURN SIGNAL LIGHT)
RR SUB
LIGHT
RELAY-LH
RR SUB
LIGHT
RELAY-RH
RR TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT-RH
(BODY)
RR TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT-RH
(BUMPER)
FRT TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT-RH
SIDE TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT-RH
20
4
H-33
1.25
B
1.25
B
R-12
4
H-32
22
H-33
5
1
R-12
0.85
P/B
C-31
3
1
1
C-31
1
H-7
0.85
P/B
0.85
P/B 0.85
P/B
C-61
1
2
(4JX1)
C-61
6
H-27
TURN SIGNAL
INDICATOR
LIGHT
(METER)
6
H-33
F-8 2
F-8 1
B
7
H-15
C-16
4
C-39
7
C-39
FENDER-LH FENDER-RH
Parts Location
123456
78
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26 27
28
29
D08RW678
Legend
(1) Rear Turn Signal Light-RH (Body)
(2) R–12
(3) F–8
(4) Rear Turn Signal Light-RH (Bumper)
(5) H–44
(6) F–7
(7) Rear Turn Signal Light-LH (Bumper)
(8) H–33, H–59
(9) Rear Turn Signal Light-LH (Body)
(10) R–13
(11) R–4
(12) H–7
(13) H–32
(14) C–70
(15) Side Turn Signal Light–LH
(16) C–16
(17) Front Turn Signal Light-LH
(18) C–22
(19) B–19
(20) C–61
(21) Side Turn Signal Light-RH
(22) C–31
(23) Front Turn Signal Light-RH
(24) Relay and Fuse Box
(25) C–39
(26) Fuse Box (Flasher Unit)
(27) Fuse Box
(28) H–15, H–16, H–25, H–27
(29) I–11
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
1. Both Turn Signal Lights and Hazard W arning Lights Inoperative
2. Turn signal Light Flashes Too Quickly
3. Hazard W arning Lights Inoperative
4. Turn signal Lights Inoperative
5. Turn Signal Lights on The Left (Or Right) Side Inoperative
6. Hazard W arning Lights on The Left (Or Right) Side Inoperative
7. Turn Signal Lights and Hazard W arning Lights on The Left (Or Right) Side Inoperative
General Description
The circuit consists of stoplight, high mounted stoplight
and a stoplight switch or brake switch.
With brake pedal depressed, the stoplight switch or brake
switch is turned to on to illuminate stoplight.
Brake switch controls not only the operation of the
stoplight but also the input of cruise cancel signals to
cruise control unit.9378/98.5UES/
Stoplight
Circuit Diagram – 1
D08RW658
5.0
W
0.85
G/W 0.85
G/W
(W/CRUISE CONTROL)
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
3.0
B0.5
B
3.0
B
0.5
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
BATT.(+)
STOPLIGHT
SW
STOPLIGHT
-LH(BODY)
HIGH MOUNTED
STOPLIGHT
BRAKE SW
C-14 15A
STOP,A/T CONT
B-14
2
1
B-13
1
B-13
2
A
B
A
B-14
4
B-13
3
B-13
H-32
7
R-13
5
R-13
1
0.85
G/Y
STOPLIGHT
-RH(BODY)
R-12
5
R-12
1
R-4
A
R-3
BODY-RR BODY-RR
H-37
4
H-371
G-9
G-9
2
1
A
H-37
BODY-RR
(W/O RR WIPER
AND/OR RR DEFOGGER)
0.5
B
3.0
B
4
R-3
D08RY00924
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G
1.25
B/L
1.25
B/L
1.25
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
2
F-8 3
1
F-8
H-33
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
10
H-33
STOPLIGHT
-RH(BUMPER)
2
F-7
H-33
3
F-7
STOPLIGHT
-LH(BUMPER)
TRAILER HARNESS
CONNECTOR
(STOP LIGHT)
A
B
5
H-44
4
H-44
6
H-3320
Circuit Diagram – 2
Parts Location
12
4
5
678
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
3
D08RW875
Legend
(1) G–9
(2) High Mounted Stoplight
(3) H–32
(4) Fuse Box
(5) B–13 or B–14
(6) Stoplight-RH (Body)
(7) R–12
(8) F–8
(9) Stoplight (Bumper)
(10) H–44
(11) R–13
(12) F–7
(13) Stoplight-LH (Bumper)
(14) H–33
(15) H–37
(16) Stoplight-LH (Body)
(17) R–3, R–4
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
1 Both Stoplights Inoperative
2 Stoplight on The Left (Or Right) Side Inoperative
3 High Mounted Stoplight Inoperative
General Description
The circuit consists of backup light switch (M/T), mode
switch (A/T) and backup light.
When shfit lever is set to “R” position, backup light switch
(M/T) or mode switch (A/T) is activated to illuminate
backup light.
Backup Light
Circuit Diagram
D08RW667
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1)
MODE
SW
(A/T)
HAZARD
WARNING
SWITCH (8)
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
0.85
R/B
0.5
R/L
0.75
R/L
0.75
R/L
C-3 10A
TURN,BACK
H-25
17 H-717
M-25
M-25
8
H-117
R-4
3
A
BACKUP
LIGHT SW
(6VE1 M/T) BACKUP
LIGHT
-LH
BACKUP
LIGHT
-RH
0.85
R/B
0.75
R/B
0.5
R/L
H-11
M-8 2
6
M-8
1
0.5
R/L
H-414
BACKUP
LIGHT SW
(4JX1)
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/L
H-4
E-152
13
E-15
1
0.5
R/L
0.85
R/L
0.5
R/L
1.25
B
1.25
B
0.5
R/L
H-32
8
H-7
16
A
BODY-RR
R-13
3
R-13
1
R-12
3
1
R-12
0.75
R/B
H-11
6
H-117
Parts Location
1
12 2
4
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
D08RW881
Legend
(1) Backup Light–RH
(2) R–12
(3) Backup Light–LH
(4) R–13
(5) R–4
(6) H–7, H–25
(7) H–32
(8) M–8 (6VE1-M/T), E–15 (4JX1)
(9) Mode Switch (A/T), M–25
(10) H–11, H–4
(11) Fuse Box
(12) Backup Light Switch (M/T)
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
1 Both Backup Lights Inoperative
2 Backup Light on The Left (Or Right) Side Inoperative
3 Backup Light Remains ON
General Description
The circuit consists of horn (high note), horn (low note),
horn relay and horn switch.
When horn switch is pushed, (independent of position of
starter switch) horn relay is activated to sound horns.
Horn
Circuit Diagram
D08RW660
3
H-1612 X-8
X-8 X-8
2
C-28
1
1
HORN RELAY
2.0
G/O
0.85
G/O
0.3
B/O
0.3
B/O
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
2.0
G/O
5.0
W
BATT.(+)
F-3 15A
HORN, HAZARD
FL-1 80A
MAIN
HAZARD
WARNING SW
(2)
12
B-12
HORN SW
HORN
(LOW NOTE) HORN
(HIGH NOTE)
H-15
16
C-27
1
Parts Location
54
6
7
8
9
1
3
2
D08RW880
Legend
(1) Horn Switch
(2) Horn (Low Note)
(3) C–28
(4) C–27
(5) Horn (High Note)
(6) Relay and Fuse Box (X–8)
(7) H–15, H–16
(8) B–12
Diagnosis
1 Horn Does Not Sound
WARNING:
WHEN SERVICING A VEHICLE EQUIPPED WITH SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM, PAY CLOSE
ATTENTION TO ALL WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS. FOR DETAILED EXPLANATION ABOUT SRS, REFER TO
“SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)” IN RESTRAINTS SECTION.
2 Horn Does Not Shut Off
WARNING:
WHEN SERVICING A VEHICLE EQUIPPED WITH SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM, PAY CLOSE
ATTENTION TO ALL WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS. FOR DETAILED EXPLANATION ABOUT SRS, REFER TO
“SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)” IN RESTRAINTS SECTION.
General Description
This circuit consists of the starter switch, door switch,
dome light, luggage room light, courtesy light, map light,
and alarm & relay control unit.
The dome light lights up when any one of doors except
the tailgate is opened with the switch set at the door mode.
The courtesy lights for the front doors are controlled by
front door switch–LH.
The luggage room light illuminates by opening the tailgate
when the switch is set at the door mode.
The map light illuminates by turning the switch on.
All these lights light up by turning on respective switches
regardless of the position of the starter switch key.
The buzzer in the alarm & relay control unit sounds to
remind the driver to turn off the lights when the starter
switch is turned off.
Dome Light, Luggage Room Light, Courtesy Light, Map Light
and Warning Buzzer
Circuit Diagram–1
D08RY00243
TAIL
RELAY
(4)
MAP
LIGHT
5.0
W
0.5
R/W
0.5
R/W
0.5
R/W
0.5
R/W
C-16 10A
CLOCK(B), ROOM
BATT. (+) STARTER SW
(IG1)
3.0
B/Y C-4 15A
ELEC. IGN
0.5
R/Y
LUGGAGE
ROOM
LIGHT
1
R-8
2
R-6
1
6
H-32
1
L-2 R-6 3
H-21 7
A
TAIL
GATE SW
0.5
B
1.25
B
BODY-RR
R-3
R-6
0.5
R/W
0.5
GR/W
0.5
R/W 1
D-18
10
H-18
14
H-46
4
B-6 2
B-6
ALARM & RELAY CONTROL UNIT
1
B-6 10
B-6
4
H-15
D-18 2
FRT
COURTESY
LIGHT-LH
0.5
GR/R
0.5
GR/W 0.85
G/R
0.5
GR/W
R-2 1
FRT DOOR
SW-LH
0.5
GR/W
0.5
R/W
0.5
R/W
0.5
R/W
0.5
L/W
1
2
D-7
10
H-22
D-7 2
H-22
2
H-18
FRT
COURTESY
LIGHT-RH
0.5
GR/W
Circuit Diagram–2
D08RW780
0.5
GR/G
0.5
GR/G
0.5
GR/G
0.5
GR/G
0.5
R
0.5
R/W
0.5
R/W
DOME
LIGHT
(W/O TIMER)
5
B-6
5
H-21
9
0.85
B
2.0
B
0.5
GR/W
FRT
DOOR SW
-RH
RR
DOOR SW
-LH
RR
DOOR SW
-RH
0.5
GR/R
0.5
GR/B 0.5
GR/B
0.5
GR/B
2.0
B
B-7
1
L-3 DOME
LIGHT
(W/ TIMER)
4
H-45
2
S-1
S-1
1
H-45 5
L-3 2
A
A
ON
DOOR OFF
B-2 B-18
BODY-LH BODY-RH
2.0
B
B-26
BODY-CTR
K-2 1
3
B-6
ALARM & RELAY CONTROL UNIT
ALARM & RELAY CONTROL UNIT 5
H-47
R-1 1R-111
6
B-6
11
H-32
Parts Location
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
911
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
12
10
26
13
14
1
D08RW653
Legend
(1) S–1, L–3 (W/O Sun Roof)
(2) R–6
(3) R–8
(4) R–1
(5) R–3
(6) R–2
(7) H–32, H–46
(8) Alarm and Relay Control Unit
(9) B–6, B–7
(10) B–2
(11) H–18
(12) D–18
(13) H–21
(14) H–45
(15) H–47
(16) D–7
(17) B–11
(18) H–22
(19) B–18
(20) Relay and Fuse Box
(21) Fuse Box
(22) H–25, H–26
(23) K–2
(24) R–11
(25) L–2
(26) B–26
General Description
The circuit consists of door lock (& power window) switch,
door lock actuator for front and rear door, tailgate lock
actuator and door lock key switch.
Front door lock switch–LH is always provided with battery
voltage. The key or the inside lock button on the both
driver’s and front passenger’s door can activate the lock
mechanism of all the door (including tailgate).
When driver’s door lock switch or front passenger’s door
lock switch is turned on, current flows for about one
second to door lock actuator of each door connected in
parallel with front door lock (& power window) switch–LH
to activate actuator to lock and unlock doors.
Power Door Lock
Circuit Diagram–1
D08RY00920
M MMM M
FRT DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR-RH FRT DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR-LH RR DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR-LH RR DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR-RH TAIL GATE
ACTUATOR
24 24 24
63
24
63
13
28
15 13
35
3
9
8
10 7
8
5
1.25
LG
1.25
LG
1.25
LG
1.25
LG
5.0
W
1.25
LG/W
1.25
LG/W
2.0
L/B
1.25
LG/B 1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B 1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B 1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B 1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG/B
D-9 D-9 D-19 D-19 D-21 D-21
H-28 H-28
D-26 D-26
H-34 H-34
15 13 410
H-32 H-32 H-47 H-47
G-4 G-4
H-38 H-38
H-32 H-32
H-19 H-19
H-23
H-23
D-5
D-5 D-5
D-5
H-23
LOCK UNLOCK
BATT. (+)
C-18 20A
DOOR LOCK
FRT DOOR LOCK &
POWER WINDOW SW-RH
FRT DOOR LOCK &
POWER WINDOW SW-RH
POWER WINDOW
RELAY (4)
Circuit Diagram–2
D08RW760
33
7
12
4
7
1
3
214
214
21
12
1
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
L/Y
0.5
LG/L
0.5
LG/R
1.25
B
0.5
LG/R
0.5
LG/L
0.5
L/Y
1.25
B
1.25
B
D-8
D-8
1
D-5
D-8
H-23
D-17
D-17D-17
D-14 D-14
D-14
H-19
B-1
H-18 H-19
H-22 H-23
D-30 D-30
H-19 7
H-23
B-18
BODY-RH
1.25
B
1.25
B
0.5
LG/R
0.3
LG/L
0.5
LG/R0.5
LG/L
0.5
LG/R
0.3
LG/L
2.0
B
BODY-LH
DOOR LOCK
KEY SW-RH
DOOR LOCK
KEY SW-LH
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
FRT DOOR LOCK &
POWER WINDOW
SW-LH
FRT DOOR LOCK & POWER WINDOW SW-RH
Circuit Diagram–1 (W/Keyless Entry)
D08RX00038
M MMM M
FRT DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR-RH FRT DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR-LH RR DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR-LH RR DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR-RH TAIL GATE
ACTUATOR
24 24 24
15 13
24
410
13
28
15 13
35
9
8
10 7
8
1.25
LG
1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG
1.25
LG
1.25
LG
5.0
W
1.25
LG/W
1.25
LG/W
2.0
L/B
1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B 1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B 1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B 1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG 1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG/B
1.25
LG/B
D-9 D-9 D-19 D-19 D-21 D-21
H-32H-32
D-26 D-26
H-47 H-47
63 63
H-28 H-28 H-34 H-34
G-4 G-4
H-38 H-38
H-32 H-32
H-23
H-19
H-19
6
5
1.25
LG
H-23 3
H-23
13
H-22
H-23
D-5
D-5 D-5
D-5
LOCK UNLOCK
BATT. (+)
C-18 20A
DOOR LOCK
FRT DOOR LOCK &
POWER WINDOW SW-RH
FRT DOOR LOCK &
POWER WINDOW SW-RH
POWER WINDOW
RELAY (4)
Circuit Diagram–2 (W/Keyless Entry)
D08RY00921
3
3
1
12
27
4
7
1
3
1514
1514
21
12
27
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
L/Y 0.5
LG/R 0.5
LG/R
0.5
L/Y
1.25
B
D-17
H-19H-19
D-17D-17
H-23
D-8
D-8D-8
H-23H-23
D-14 D-14
515
B-22 B-22
D-14
H-19
B-1
H-18 H-18
H-22 H-22
D-30 D-30 D-5
B-18
BODY-RH
1.25
B
1.25
B
0.5
LG/R
0.3
LG/L
0.5
LG/R
0.5
LG/R
1.25
B
0.5
LG/L
0.3
LG/L
0.5
LG/R
0.3
LG/L
2.0
B
BODY-LH
DOOR LOCK
KEY SW-LH
DOOR LOCK
KEY SW-RH
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
FRT DOOR LOCK &
POWER WINDOW
SW-LH
B
1
ANTI-THEFT &
KEYLESS ENTRY
CONTROL UNIT
FRT DOOR LOCK & POWER WINDOW SW-RH
AB
A
Parts Location
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
D08RW677
Legend
(1) G–4
(2) H–38
(3) D–21
(4) H–28
(5) D–17
(6) D–19
(7) D–14
(8) H–32
(9) H–18, H-19
(10) B–1
(11) B–22
(12) H–47
(13) D–8
(14) D–9
(15) H–22, H–23
(16) Relay and Fuse Box
(17) D–18
(18) H–14
(19) Fuse Box
(20) H–34
(21) D–26
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
1 All The Doors Do Not Get Locked And Unlocked By Door Lock SW -RH
2 All The Doors Do Not Get Locked (Or Unlocked) By FRT Door Lock SW-LH
3 FRT Door-LH Does Not Get Locked (Or Unlocked)
4 FRT Door-RH Does Not Get Locked (Or Unlocked)
5 RR Door-LH Does Not Get Locked (Or Unlocked)
6 RR Door-RH Does Not Get Locked (Or Unlocked)
7 Tailgate Does Not Get Locked (Or Unlocked)
8 Door Lock Does Not Operate When Operated From The Door Lock Key SW -RH
9 Door Lock Does Not Operate When Operated From The Door Lock Key SW -LH
General Description
The circuit consists of (door lock &) power window switch
for each of front windows, power window switch for rear
doors and power window motors.
When starter switch is turned on, battery voltage is
applied to each of power window switches through circuit
breaker and power window relay on the circuit.
Driver’s power window switch has “ONE TOUCH”
function for driver’s side window.
This function opens driver’s side window fully by just
setting the switch to “AUTO” position.
When lock switch on driver’s side power window switch is
depressed, battery voltage to passenger’s power window
switches are shut off. So, even if these switches are
operated, power window motor does not operate.
Power Window
Circuit Diagram
D08RY00536
B-37
1
B-37
2
B-37
3
B-37
4
A
A
B-19
H-23 4
D-5
7
0.3
R/Y
0.3
R/Y 2.0
L/B
1.25
B
1.25
B
BODY-RH
BODY-RH
2.0
L/B
2.0
L/B
2.0
L/W
1.25
B
0.3
B
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1) BATT.(+)
C-4
15A
ELEC.
IGN.
C/B-2
30A
P/W,P/S,S/R
2.0
L/B
3.0
B/L
3.0
W
POWER WINDO W
RELAY
2.0
L
FRT POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR-RH
D-30
5
D-5
56
D-5
D-5
UP DOWN
FRT POWER WINDOW
& DOOR LOCK SW-RH
1
D-2
21
H-23D-2
1
B-18
M
H-19 4
D-14
5
H-1812
0.3
R/Y
0.3
R/Y
1.25
B
1.25
B
2.0
B
BODY-LH
2.0
L/B
2.0
L/Y 2.0
BR/Y
FRT POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR-LH
D-14
2
D-14
10 1
D-14
D-14
UP DOWN
FRT POWER WINDOW
& DOOR LOCK SW-LH
7
D-11
21
H-19D-11
1
B-1
M
2.0
L/B
2.0
L/B
H-29 1
H-46
15
H-46
13
D-22
4
H-28 2
0.3
R/Y
0.3
R/Y
0.3
R/Y
1.25
B
1.25
B
BODY-RR
2.0
L/B
2.0
L/R 2.0
BR/R
RR POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR-LH
D-22
2
D-22
56
D-22
D-22
UP DOWN
RR POWER WINDOW
SW-LH
3
D-20
21
H-29D-20
2
R-3
M
2.0
L/B
2.0
L/B
H-35 1
H-4713 H-47 6
D-27
4
H-34 2
0.3
R/Y
0.3
R/L
0.3
R/Y
1.25
B0.3
B
0.3
B
2.0
B
2.0
B
2.0
B
1.25
B
BODY-RH
2.0
L/B
2.0
L/R 2.0
BR/R
RR POWER
WINDOW
MOTOR-RH
D-27
2
D-27
56
D-27
D-27
UP DOWN
RR POWER WINDOW SW-RH
3
D-25
21
H-35D-25
2
H-47
B-18
BODY-CTR
B-26
BODY-LH
B-2
1
D-27
1
H-35
3
H-47
8
M
H-2212
Parts Location
19
9
2
4
18
17
3
20 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
5
6
7
8
D08RW883
Legend
(1) D–27
(2) D–20
(3) R–3
(4) D–22
(5) H–28, H–29
(6) D–11
(7) D–14
(8) H–46
(9) H–18, H–19
(10) B–1, B–2
(11) B–26
(12) H–34, H–35
(13) H–47
(14) D–2
(15) D–22, H–23
(16) B–18, B–19
(17) Relay and Fuse Box
(18) Fuse Box (B–37)
(19) D–5, D–30
(20) D–25
Diagnosis
All Windows Do Not Operate
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO
Is the fuse C–4 normal?
Is the circuit breaker C/B–2 normal?
Is B–19 grounded securely?
Disconnect the power window relay connector B–37.
Is the battery voltage applied between harness side
connector B–37 terminal 2 and the ground?
Repair an open circuit between the circuit breaker C/B–2 and
connector B–37 terminal 2.
Is the action complete?
Turn the starter switch on
Is the battery voltage applied between harness side
connector B–37 terminal 1 and the ground?
Repair an open circuit between the fuse C–4 and connector
B–37 terminal 1.
Is the action complete?
Is there continuity between harness side connector B–37
terminal 3 and the ground B–19?
Repair an open circuit between connector B–37 terminal 3
and the ground B–19.
Is the action complete?
–
–
–
Approx. 12V
–
Approx. 12V
–
–
–
Go to
step 2
Go to
step 3
Go to
step 4
Go to
step 6
Go to
step 4
Go to
step 8
Go to
step 6
Replace
the relay
Verify
repair
Replace
the fuse
Replace
the circuit
breaker
Ground it
securely
Go to
step 5
–
Go to
step 7
–
Go to
step 9
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Window On The Driver’ s Side Does Not Operate
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO
Is B–18 grounded securely?
Is there continuity between harness side connector D–5
terminal 1 and the ground B–18?
Repair an open circuit between connector D–5 terminal 1 and
the ground B–18.
Is the action complete?
Turn the starter switch on.
Is the battery voltage applied between harness side
connector D–5 terminal 7 and the ground?
Repair an open circuit between connector B–37 terminal 4
and connector D–5 terminal 7.
Is the action complete?
Connect the battery positive terminal with harness side
connector D–5 terminal 5 or 6, and the negative terminal with
harness side connector D–5 terminal 6 or 5.
Does the motor operate?
1. Disconnect the front power window motor–RH connector
D–2.
2. Connect the battery positive terminal with the motor side
connector D–2 terminal 1 or 2, and connect the battery
negative terminal with the motor side connector D–2
terminal 2 or 1.
Does the motor operate?
Repair an open circuit between the front power window &
door lock switch–RH and the front power window motor–RH.
Is the action complete?
–
–
–
Approx. 12V
–
–
–
–
Go to
step 2
Go to
step 4
Go to
step 2
Go to
step 6
Go to
step 4
Replace
the front
power
window &
door lock
switch–RH
Go to
step 8
Verify
repair
Ground it
securely
Go to
step 3
–
Go to
step 5
–
Go to
step 7
Replace
the motor
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Window On The Front Passenger’ s Side Does Not Operate
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO
Is B–1 grounded securely?
Disconnect the front power window & door lock switch–LH
connector D–14.
Is there continuity between harness side connector D–14
terminal 7 and the ground B–1?
Repair an open circuit between connector D–14 terminal 7
and the ground B–1.
Is the action complete?
Turn the starter switch on.
Is the battery voltage applied between harness side
connector D–14 terminal 5 and the ground?
Repair an open circuit between connector B–37 terminal 4
and connector D–14 terminal 5.
Is the action complete?
Connect the battery positive terminal with harness side
connector D–14 terminal 10 or 1, and connect the battery
negative terminal with harness side connector D–14 terminal
1 or 10.
Does the motor operate?
1. Disconnect the front power window motor–LH connector
D–11.
2. Connect the battery positive terminal with the motor side
connector D–11 terminal 1 or 2, and connect the battery
negative terminal with the motor side connector D–11
terminal 2 or 1.
Does the motor operate?
Repair an open circuit between the front power window &
door lock switch–LH and the front power window motor–LH.
Is the action complete?
–
–
–
Approx. 12V
–
–
–
–
Go to
step 2
Go to
step 4
Go to
step 2
Go to
step 6
Go to
step 4
Replace
the front
power
window &
door lock
switch–LH
Go to
step 8
Verify
repair
Ground it
securely
Go to
step 3
–
Go to
step 5
–
Go to
step 7
Replace
the motor
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Rear Window On The Left (or Right) Side Does Not Operate
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO
1. Disconnect the rear power window switch–LH connector
D–22 or the rear power window & door lock switch–RH
connector D–27.
2. Turn the starter switch on.
Is the battery voltage applied between harness side
connector D–22 terminal 4 and the ground, or harness side
connector D–27 terminal 4 and the ground?
Repair an open circuit between connector B–37 terminal 4
and connector D–22 terminal 4 or connector D–27 terminal 4.
Is the action complete?
Is there continuity between harness side connector D–22
terminal 3 and the ground, or harness side connector
D–27 terminal 3 and the ground?
Repair an open circuit between connector D–22 terminal 3 or
connector D–27 terminal 3 and the ground.
Is the action complete?
Connect the battery positive terminal with harness side
connector D–22 terminals 5 or harness side connector D–27
terminal 5, and connect the battery negative terminal with
harness side connector D–22 terminal 6 or harness side
connector D–27 terminal 6.
Does the motor operate?
1. Disconnect the rear power window motor connector D–20
or D–25.
2. Connect the battery positive terminal with motor side
connector D–20 or D–25 terminal 1 or 2, and connect the
battery negative terminal with the motor side connector
D–20 or D–25 terminal 2 or 1.
Does the motor operate?
Repair an open circuit between the rear power window switch
and the rear power window motor.
Is the action complete?
Approx. 12V
–
–
–
–
–
–
Go to
step 3
Go to
step 1
Go to
step 5
Go to
step 3
Replace
the rear
power
window
switch–LH
or –RH
Go to
step 7
Verify
repair
Go to
step 2
–
Go to
step 4
–
Go to
step 6
Replace
the motor
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Window on the Front Passenger’ s Side Does Not Operate by the Front Power W indow &
Door Lock Switch – RH
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO
Disconnect the front power window & door lock switch–RH
connector D–30 and the front power window & door lock
switch–RH connector D–14.
Is there continuity between harness side connector D–30
terminal 5 and harness side connector D–14 terminal 2?
Repair an open circuit between connector D–30 terminal 5
and connector D–14 terminal 2.
Is the action complete?
–
–
Replace
the front
power
window &
door lock
switch–RH
Verify
repair
Go to
step 2
–
1
2
Lock SW Does Not Function
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO
Repair or replace the front power window & door lock
switch–RH.
Is the action complete?
–Verify
repair –1
General Description
The circuit consists of cruise control unit, cruise main
switch, combination switch, clutch switch (M/T), mode
switch (A/T), brake switch, actuator and indicator lights.
Cruise control system keeps the vehicle running at a fixed
speed until a signal canceling this fixed speed is received.
When the cruise main switch is turned on with the vehicle
in the running mode, the battery voltage is applied to the
control unit.
When a signal from the combination switch is input to the
control unit while vehicle is in this state, the actuator is
activated to operate the system. Also, while the system is
operating, the cruise indicator light in the meter panel
lights up.
Set Function
When the cruise main switch turned on and the set switch
is depressed with the vehicle speed within the set limit and
cancel operation is refused, the vehicle speed when the
set switch is released is stored in the control unit as the
set speed. But in case of the vehicle speed is over
maximum limit speed of cruise control, maximum limit
speed in the control unit is stored as the set speed.
Resume Function
Unless the vehicle speed falls below the minimum speed
limit after canceling the set speed by the cancel switch,
pushing the resume switch causes the vehicle to resume
the speed before cancellation.
Acceleration Function
During cruise control driving, pushing the acceleration
switch (on time is more than 0.6 sec.) causes an increase
in cruise speed and vehicle accelerates at a controlled
rate untill acceleration switch released.
Vehicle speed at the acceleration switch released plus
1.0 km/h is stored in the control unit as the set speed.
Tap up Function
During cruise control driving, pushing the coast switch (on
time is more than 0.6 sec.) causes a decrease in cruise
speed and the vehicle decelerate at a controlled rate until
coast switch released.
Vehicle speed at the coast switch released minus approx.
1.0 km/h is stored in the control unit as the set speed.
Tap down Function
During cruise control driving, the set speed can be
lowered approx. 1.0 km/h each time by operating the
coast switch quickly within 0.6 sec.
Cancel Function
During cruise control driving the cruise control is released
if the control unit receives a signal from the cancel switch,
mode switch, clutch switch or brake switch. Bit the set
speed is not erased.
Down Cancel Function
The cruise control is canceled when the vehicle speed
becomes the set speed minus 20 km/h during the cruise
control working and the set speed is erased.
Over Drive (OD) Cancel Function
OD cancel function is required when the vehicle speed
becomes the set speed minus 3 km/h during the cruise
control working.
OD cancel function is enabled when the acceleration
function and/or resume function are working except the
vehicle speed is in more than 120 km/h.
Cruise Control
Circuit Diagram – 1
D08RW661
5
I-6
11
12
H-26
0.5
L/W 0.5
L/W 0.5
L/W
0.5
R/B
0.85
R/B
0.75
R/B
0.5
L/B
0.5
L/B 0.5
L/B
0.5
L/B
(A/T)
0.5
L/B
0.5
LG 0.5
BR/Y 0.5
GR/G
0.5
B
2.0
B
3.0
B/Y
0.85
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.5
P/B 0.3
R/G
0.85
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.85
G/R
0.5
P/B
C-4 15A
ELEC.IGN. C-3 10A
TURN,BACK
CRUISE
MAIN
SW
CLUTCH
SW
(M/T)
MODE
SW
COMBINATION
SW
CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
STARTER SW
(IG1)
BODY-LH
20
H-25
4
I-6
1
B-9
TAIL RELAY
(4)
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER(3)
PCM
(F2)
2
I-6
1
B-16
6
I-6
B-52 9B-5212
10
B-52 11
B-52 13
B-52
4
B-9 3
B-9 10
B-9 12
B-9
B-1
2
B-16
16
B-9
B-9
M-25
H-53
H-7
12
B-9
3
3
7
H-8
8
M-25
6
H-11
17
SET
RESUME
CANCEL
Circuit Diagram – 2
D08RW662
0.5
O
0.5
BR/B
0.5
BR/R
0.5
BR/R
0.5
BR/B
5.0
W
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/Y
0.5
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
C-14 15A
STOP,
A/T CONT
ACTUATOR
BRAKE
SW
INDICATOR
LIGHT
(METER)
CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
BATT.(+)
STOP
LIGHT
2
B-9
3.0
B/Y
0.5
L/Y
C-10 10A
METER,GAUGE
STARTER SW
(IG1)
B-13
1
B-13
B-13
H-7
3
B-13
3
C-37
7
12
24
C-37 4
8
B-9
14
H-8
0.5
BR/W
0.5
BR/W
C-37 1
11
H-7
0.5
BR
0.5
BR
C-37 2
19
H-7
7
B-9 15
B-9 6
B-9 14
B-9
14
H-26
H-32
0.5
L/Y
0.5
B/O
0.3
B/O
0.5
GR/L
0.3
GR/L 0.5
GR/L 0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
13
B-9
15
H-26
18
I-9
26
I-9
(W/T.O.D.)
VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR
(3)
PCM
(F10)
19
I-9
CRUISE
CRUISE
MAIN
16
I-9
15
I-9
17
I-9
5
B-9
7
H-8
9
B-9
2
H-8
11
H-10
CRUISE
CRUISE
MAIN
H-26 6
M
Parts Location
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
23
D08RW941
Legend
(1) B–52
(2) I–9
(3) I–6
(4) B–1
(5) H–7, H–8
(6) H–32
(7) Cruise Control Unit (B–9)
(8) C–37
(9) Mode Switch A/T (M–25)
(10) H–10, H–11, H–53
(11) Fuse Box
(12) H–25, H–26
(13) Relay and Fuse Box
(14) B–13
(15) B–16
Diagnosis
The cruise control unit uses the cruise main indicator light and diagnoses the failure, when the control unit detects
abnormality on the table below.
PART POSIBLE CAUSE DETECTION PERIOD DTC
Motor system short circuit Energizing motor 1–1
Clutch system short circuit Energizing clutch 1–2
Actuator Clutch system open circuit Energizing clutch 1–2
Mechanical defect Cruise controlling 1–3
Close side of motor system open circuit Cruise controlling 1–1
Cruise Open side of motor system continuously energizing While starter sw on 1–4
control unit Clutch output abnormality While starter sw on 1–4
Vehicle Signal of vehicle speed disconnection Cruise controlling 2–1
speed sensor Signal of vehicle speed abnormality Cruise controlling 2–1
Switch Turning on switch at all times While starter sw on 3–1
Turning on switch at the same time. While starter sw on 3–1
DTC: Diagnostic Trouble Code
DTC Display Condition
1. While starter switch on and vehicle speed is 0 km/h, the DTC output begins in top priority by cancel switch turn on
and off being repeated three times for 2 sec. while cruise main switch pushing on, and stops the DTC output whether
vehicle speed is more than 10 km/h or the resume switch is turned on.
2. The cruise control unit outputs the DTC(s) in order from small figure of the code.
3. The header of display of DTC(s) is assumed 4 sec., and it is 2 sec. between different kind of codes.
4. The DTC(s) are erased with the starter switch turned off.
DTC Display Format
1. When no DTCs are detected. (The unit : sec.)
2. When two or more DTCs are detected. (The unit ; sec.)
0.25 0.25
Code 1–1 Code 2–2
41
0.5
11 1 11 1 12
DTC 1–1 Motor System Short Circuit
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO
1. Turn the starter switch off.
2. Disconnect the actuator connector C–37.
3. Measure resistance between actuator side connector
terminal 1 and 2.
NOTE: If control plate position is fully opened or fully
closed, resistance can not be measured.
Is the resistance within range specified in the value(s)
column?
Measure continuity between harness side connector C–37
terminal 1 and the ground, terminal 2 and the ground, and
terminal 1 and 2.
Are the results same as specified in the value(s) columns?
More than 4.2Ω
No continuity
Go to
step 2
Replace
the control
unit
Replace
the actuator
Repair or
replace the
harness
1
2
DTC 1–2 Clutch System Open or Short Circuit
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO
1. Turn the starter switch off.
2. Disconnect the actuator connector C–37.
3. Measure resistance between actuator side connector
terminal 3 and 4.
Is the resistance within range specified in the value(s)
column?
1. Disconnect the brake switch connector B–13.
2. Check continuity between switch side connector terminal 2
and 3.
Is there continuity between terminals?
1. Reconnect the brake switch connector B–13.
2. Check continuity between harness side connector B–9
terminal 6 and connector C–37 terminal 3, connector C–37
terminal 4 and connector B–9 terminal 8.
Is there continuity between terminals?
Is there continuity between harness side connector C–37
terminal 3 and the ground, connector C–37 terminal 4 and the
ground, connector B–9 terminal 6 and the ground?
Are the results same as specified in the value(s) column?
34.7 – 42.4Ω
–
–
No continuity
Go to
step 2
Go to
step 3
Go to
step 4
Replace
the control
unit
Replace
the actuator
Adjust the
switch or
replace it
Repair
open circuit
Repair
short circuit
1
2
3
4
DTC 1–3 Mechanical Defect
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO
1. Turn the starter switch off.
2. Disconnect the actuator connector C–37.
3. Connect the battery positive terminal with the actuator side
connector terminal 3 and the battery negative terminal with
terminal 4.
Does the control plate move by hand?
Connect the battery positive terminal with the actuator side
connector terminal 1 and 3, and the battery negative terminal
with terminal 2 and 4.
Does the control plate move to full open side?
Connect the battery positive terminal with the actuator side
connector terminal 2 and 3, and the battery negative terminal
with terminal 1 and 4.
Does the control plate move to full close side?
Is there continuity between harness side connector C–37
terminal 1 and connector B–9 terminal 7, connector C–37
terminal 2 and connector B–9 terminal 15?
–
–
–
–
Replace
the actuator
Go to
step 3
Go to
step 4
Replace
the control
unit
Go to
step 2
Replace
the actuator
Replace
the actuator
Repair or
replace
harness
1
2
3
4
DTC 1–4 Open Side of Motor System Continuously Energizing
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO
1. Turn the starter switch off.
2. Disconnect the actuator connector C–37.
3. Measure resistance between actuator side connector
terminal 1 and 2.
NOTE: If control plate position is fully opened or fully
closed, resistance can not be measured.
Is the resistance within range specified in the value(s)
column?
Is there continuity between harness side connector C–37
terminal 1 and connector B–9 terminal 7, harness side
connector C–37 terminal 2 and connector B–9 terminal 15?
More than 4.2Ω
–
Go to
step 2
Replace
the control
unit
Replace
the actuator
Repair or
replace
harness
1
2
General Description
The circuit consists of EHCU (Electronic Hydraulic
Control Unit), wheel speed sensor, G–sensor, stoplight
switch or brake switch (w/cruise control), backup light
switch, transmission switch–1, 2, indicator light and data
link connector.
EHCU controls brake fluid pressure applied to front and
rear wheels to prevent wheels from locking by using
speed sensor and G–sensor signals.
Based on wheel speed signals from speed sensor, EHCU
activates solenoid valves incorporated into the control
unit to increase, maintain or decrease brake fluid
pressure.
Refer to Anti–lock Brake System in Brakes section.
Anti–Lock Brake System (ABS)
Circuit Diagram – 1 (6VE1)
D08RY00245
2.0
Y/G 2.0
W/G
3.0
W/G
0.5
LG
FL-6 40A
ABS
F-9 20A
ABS
INDICATOR
LIGHT(METER)
BRAKE
SW
STOP
LIGHT
SW
ELECTRONIC
HYDRAULIC
CONTROL UNIT
4WD CONTROL
UNIT(19)
14
C-4 13
C-4
3.0
B/Y 3.0
B/Y
0.85
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
2.0
B
C-4 15A
ELEC.IGN.
STARTER SW
(IG1) STARTER SW
(IG1)
C-10 10A
METER,GAUGE
I-9I-10
15
6
I-9
2
H-26
H-16
19
H-27
1816
5.0
W
0.85
G/W
C-14 15A
STOP,A/T CONT.
BATT.(+)BATT.(+)
STOP LIGHT
10
C-4
3
0.85
G/W
(W/CRUISE CONTROL)
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
B-13
1
B-13
4
B-14
H-13
1
B-14
2
G-
SENSOR
26
C-4
0.5
L/W
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
B-25
2
B-25
1
H-15 1
8
C-4
6
C-39
FENDER-RH
H-13 1
C-4
15
16
C-4
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
Y
0.5
Y
A
2.0
B(DIESEL)
5
C-39
FENDER-RH
C-4
15
2.0
B
C-85
ENG.ROOM-FRT
C-4
GROUND GROUND GROUND
BATTERY BATTERY G-SENSOR POWER
SUPPLY SILA BRAKE LIGHT
SWITCH
12
4WD
ABS
Circuit Diagram – 2 (6VE1)
D08RW604
0.5
GR 0.5
GR 0.5
LG/R 0.5
P
0.5
O/G 0.5
O/B 0.5
O/W
0.5
O/G 0.5
O/B
0.5
L0.5
G
0.5
W
0.5
B/L 0.5
R
0.5
W
0.5
B/L
0.5
O
0.5
O/L
0.5
W/L 0.5
W
0.5
O
0.5
O/L
0.5
W/L 0.5
W
0.5
O
0.5
O/L
0.5
W/L 0.5
W
0.5
O
0.5
O/L
0.5
W/L 0.5
W
0.5
R
0.5
O/W 0.85
G/W
0.5
P
0.5
B/L 0.5
B/L
1.25
B/L
1.0
B/L
ELECTRONIC
HYDRAULIC
CONTROL
UNIT
PCM
(A12)
(A/T)
SPEED
SENSOR
C-4
23
C-4
22
8
H-46
H-13 8
6
H-46
H-13 5
7
H-46
6
C-4
TMM
GND RLS GND RRS GND FLS GND FRS SDL2 DIAG
KDIAG
L
TMM ABS
STATUS TFM2 TFM2
6
C-4 27
C-4 9
C-4 9
C-4
8
C-39
1
F-3 2
F-3
H-13 4
14
H-5
FENDER-RH COMMON
CHAMBER
SPEED
SENSOR
C-4
2
C-4
1
11
H-46
H-1314
12
H-46
12
H-33 3
H-33 4
H-33 14
H-33 15
H-33
1
F-2 2
F-2
H-1313
C-4
2
C-63
E-30
5
C-63
4
C-63
H-42 3
C-4
7
C-63
H-42 9
C-4
12
C-63
H-42 1
25 24 17
16
C-63
H-7 9
SPEED
SENSOR
C-4
21
C-4
20
H-4215
H-4211 H-4214
1
C-13 2
C-13
SPEED
SENSOR
FRT-RHFRT-LH
RR-RHRR-LH
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
C-4
5
C-4
4
1
C-41 2
C-41
A
T.O.D.
CONTROL UNIT T.O.D.
CONTROL UNIT
H-1520 H-15 9
4WD
CONTROL
UNIT(20)
(W/O T.O.D.)
B
C
C
Circuit Diagram – 3 (6VE1)
D08RW603
3
X-15
X-15 4
3.0
B/Y
0.85
R/B
0.75
R/B
0.5
R/B
C-3 10A
TURN,BACK
STARTER SW
(IG1)
C-4 10A
ELEC.IGN.
BACK UP
LIGHT
SW
0.75
R/L 0.75
GR
M-8
1
M-8
6
H-11
2
H-7 17
0.85
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.75
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
TRANSMISSION
SW-1,2
M-1
1
M-1
16
H-10
2
H-12 7
D E B
BACK UP
LIGHT
0.75
R/L
0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
0.85
R/L
0.5
R/L
0.75
GR
0.5
GR
0.5
GR
6
H-11 7
8
H-10
H-42 H-42
15
D
0.5
GR
E
Circuit Diagram – 1 (4JX1)
D08RY00245
2.0
Y/G 2.0
W/G
3.0
W/G
0.5
LG
FL-6 40A
ABS
F-9 20A
ABS
INDICATOR
LIGHT(METER)
BRAKE
SW
STOP
LIGHT
SW
ELECTRONIC
HYDRAULIC
CONTROL UNIT
4WD CONTROL
UNIT(19)
14
C-4 13
C-4
3.0
B/Y 3.0
B/Y
0.85
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
2.0
B
C-4 15A
ELEC.IGN.
STARTER SW
(IG1) STARTER SW
(IG1)
C-10 10A
METER,GAUGE
I-9I-10
15
6
I-9
2
H-26
H-16
19
H-27
1816
5.0
W
0.85
G/W
C-14 15A
STOP,A/T CONT.
BATT.(+)BATT.(+)
STOP LIGHT
10
C-4
3
0.85
G/W
(W/CRUISE CONTROL)
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
B-13
1
B-13
4
B-14
H-13
1
B-14
2
G-
SENSOR
26
C-4
0.5
L/W
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
B-25
2
B-25
1
H-15 1
8
C-4
6
C-39
FENDER-RH
H-13 1
C-4
15
16
C-4
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
Y
0.5
Y
A
2.0
B(DIESEL)
5
C-39
FENDER-RH
C-4
15
2.0
B
C-85
ENG.ROOM-FRT
C-4
GROUND GROUND GROUND
BATTERY BATTERY G-SENSOR POWER
SUPPLY SILA BRAKE LIGHT
SWITCH
12
4WD
ABS
Circuit Diagram – 2 (4JX1)
D08RW600
0.5
GR
0.5
O/B 0.5
O/W
0.5
O/B
0.5
L0.5
G
0.5
W
0.5
B/L 0.5
R
0.5
W
0.5
B/L
0.5
O
0.5
O/L
0.5
W/L 0.5
W
0.5
O
0.5
O/L
0.5
W/L 0.5
W
0.5
O
0.5
O/L
0.5
W/L 0.5
W
0.5
R
0.5
O/W 0.85
G/W
0.5
B
0.5
B/P
0.5
B/P
3.0
B/P
ELECTRONIC
HYDRAULIC
CONTROL
UNIT
SPEED
SENSOR
C-4
23
C-4
22
12
H-33 3
H-33 4
H-33
8
H-46 6
H-46 7
H-46
11
H-42 15
H-42 14
H-42
6
C-4
TMM
GND RLS GND RRS GND FLS GND FRS DIAG
KDIAG
L
1
F-3 2
F-3
7
C-16
6
H-5
ENGINE
FENDER-LH
SPEED
SENSOR
C-4
3
C-4
1
14
H-33 15
H-33
11
H-46 12
H-46
0.5
O
0.5
O/L
0.5
W/L 0.5
W
8
H-13 5
H-13 4
H-13 14
H-13 13
H-13
1
F-2 2
F-2
1
C-39
FENDER-RH
E-4
5
C-63
4
C-63
C-4
7
C-63
9
C-4
12
C-63
24 17
16
C-63
H-7 9
SPEED
SENSOR
C-4
21
C-4
20
1
C-13 2
C-13
SPEED
SENSOR
FRT-RHFRT-LH
RR-RHRR-LH
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
C-4
5
C-4
4
1
C-41 2
C-41
1
H-42H-42
A
0.5
P
TFM2
9
C-4
4WD
CONTROL
UNIT(20)
B
C
C
Circuit Diagram – 3 (4JX1)
D08RY00913
1
X-15
X-15
3
X-15
2
3.0
B/Y
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
C-3 10A
TURN,BACK
STARTER SW
(IG1)
C-4 15A
ELEC.IGN.
BACK UP
LIGHT
SW
0.5
R/L 0.8
G/B
0.5
G/B
0.5
R/L
0.8
R/L
ECM(J1-21) ECM(J1-32)
E-15
1
E-15
13
H-4
2
H-7 17
0.85
L/W
0.8
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
TRANSMISSION
SW-1,2
E-14
1
E-14
1
H-6
2
H-12 5
D E B
BACK UP
LIGHT
0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
0.5
G/B
0.5
G/B
0.5
G/R
H-4 14
H-42 H-42
68
H-4 10
D
0.5
GR
DIODE
E
Parts Location
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13 12 11
10
9
8
7
6
5
3
2
1
26 27
25
24
23
4
D08RW623
Legend
(1) F–2
(2) F–3
(3) H–33
(4) H–7
(5) H–46
(6) C-16
(7) E–5, M–8
(8) E–14, M–1
(9) B–13 or B–14
(10) C–13
(11) H–4, H–5, H–6
(12) H–10, H–11
(13) E–4 (4JX1)
(14) E–30 (6VE1)
(15) Fuse Box
(16) H–42
(17) C–41
(18) C–85
(19) C–4 (EHCU)
(20) Relay and Fuse Box
(21) C–39
(22) H–13, H–15, H–16, H–26, H–27
(23) I–10
(24) I–9
(25) H–12
(26) C–63
(27) B–25
General Description
The circuit consists of stoplight switch or brake switch and
shift lock controller.
This system is designed not to allow shift lever to be
shifted from “P” position to any other position without
depressing brake pedal while starter switch is turned on.
The solenoid pin at the lower portion of shift lever retracts
when brake pedal is not depressed, thus causing shift
lever cam to be locked by link lever.
A/T Shift Lock
Circuit Diagram
D08RY00247
0.5
L/W
3.0
B/Y
0.85
L/W
C-4 15A
ELEC. IGN.
STARTER SW
(IG1) BATT.(+)
STOPLIGHT
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID PARKING POSITION
DETECTING SW
1
B-32
0.85
G/W 0.85
G/W
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/Y
42
B-32 B-32
B-32 6
0.5
B
2.0
B
BODY-LH
B-2
2.0
B
BODY-CTR
B-26
2.0
B
BODY-RH
B-18
AC GENERATOR
(L)
5.0
WC-14 15A
STOP, A/T CONT
5
B-32
13
H-15
0.85
W/G
STOPLIGHT
SW
1
B-14
7
H-32
B-14
24
1
(W/O CRUISE
CONTROL)
BRAKE
SW
B-13
B-13
(W/ CRUISE
CONTROL)
SHIFT LOCK CONTROLLER
Parts Location
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 1
2
D08RWA08
Legend
(1) B–13 or B–14
(2) Shift Lever
(3) H–32
(4) B–2
(5) B–26
(6) Shift Lock Controller (B–32)
(7) B–18
(8) Relay and Fuse Box
(9) H–15
(10) Fuse Box
General Description
The circuit consists of windshield wiper/washer switch,
windshield wiper motor, windshield washer motor and
alarm & relay control unit.
When windshield wiper/washer switch is turned on with
starter switch on, battery voltage is applied to windshield
wiper motor to activate wipers.
When windshield washer switch is turned on with starter
switch on, battery voltage is applied to windshield washer
motor.
Windshield washer motor squirts glass cleaning fluid
while windshield washer switch is pushed and at the same
time, alarm & relay control unit activates windshield wiper
motor to wipe glass cleaning fluid at low speed.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
Circuit Diagram
D08RW644
3.0
B/R
0.85
W/L 0.85
W/L
0.85
L/Y
0.85
L/Y
0.85
L/Y
0.5
B
0.85
L/Y
C-5 15A
FRT WIPER & WASHER
STARTER SW
(IG2)
B-52
B-52
B-7
7
19
1
0.85
LG/R
B-52
B-52
B-7
2
20
0.85
O
0.85
W/L
B-52
B-7
6
11
0.85
L/R
B-52
B-6
8
14
B-7
1
0.5
B
0.85
W/L
0.85
W/L
1.25
B
0.85
B
2.0
B2.0
B
B-52
14
B-19
3
H-139
0.85
R/Y
0.85
R/Y
0.85
B
B-525
C-38
2
H-13
C-35
C-39
4
7
C-35
2
1
MWIND-
SHIELD
WASHER
MOTOR
WIND-
SHIELD
WIPER
MOTOR
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER SW
(COMBINATION SW)
FENDER-RH FENDER-RH
WASHER INT LOW
H-132
0.85
L
0.85
L
B-524
C-38
1
HIGH OFF
M
C-39
2
C-38
30.85
L/O
0.85
L/O
H-13
12
B-7
12
C-38
5
B-7
9
C-38
6
ALARM & RELAY
CONTROL UNIT
BODY-LH BODY-RHBODY-RH
B-2 B-18
H-15
2
Parts Location
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
D08RWA06
Legend
(1) B–52
(2) B–2
(3) Alarm and Relay Control Unit (B–6, B–7)
(4) Fuse Box
(5) B–19
(6) FRT Windshield Washer Motor (C–35)
(7) Windshield Washer Tank
(8) Relay and Fuse Box
(9) C–39
(10) H–13, H–15
(11) Windshield Wiper Motor (C–38)
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
1 Windsheld Wiper Does Not Operate At Any Switch Position
2 Windsheld Wiper Does Not Operate At “INT” Position
3 Intermittent Interval Does Not Change
4 Windshield Wiper Does Not Operate At “LO” Position
5 Windsheld Wiper Does Not Operate At “HI” Position
6 Auto-Stop Function of The Windshield Wiper Motor Does Not Operate
7 Rotation of The Windshield Wiper Motor Does Not Stop
8 Windsheld W asher Motor Does Not Operate
General Description
The circuit consists of rear wiper/washer switch, alarm &
relay control unit, rear wiper motor and rear washer motor.
When rear wiper switch on rear wiper/washer switch is
depressed, battery voltage is applied to rear wiper motor
through alarm & relay control unit and activates rear wiper
motor.
When rear washer switch on rear wiper/washer switch is
depressed, battery voltage is applied to rear washer
motor and activates rear washer motor. At the same time,
the current as an input signal for activating rear wiper
motor flows to alarm & relay control unit, then alarm &
relay control unit activates rear wiper motor to wipe glass
cleaning fluid.
Rear Wiper/Washer
Circuit Diagram – 1
D08RW643
ALARM & RELAY
CONTROL UNIT
RR WIPER/
WASHER SW
B-2
BODY-LH
A
B
4
B-7
7
I-16
8
B-7
B-7
2.0
B
0.85
B
0.5
L/B
0.5
L/B
0.5
L/B0.5
L/B
3.0
B/R C-6 10A
RR WIPER&WASHER
9
B-18
BODY-RH
2.0
B
B-7
AUTO STOP
0.5
LG/L
2
C
B-7
MOTOR
H-25
3
314
I-16
H-16
I-16
0.5
LG/R
0.5
LB 0.5
LG/W
0.5
LB
D
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W 0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
3
STARTER SW
(IG2)
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER(3)
TAIL RELAY
(4)
I-16I-16
18
B-7
WASHERWIPER
22
H-25 11
862
H-26
RR
WASHER
RR
WIPER
Circuit Diagram – 2
RR WASHER
MOTOR
RR WIPER
MOTOR
2
H-32
3
7
G-6
H-38
A
1
H-32
1
6
G-6
H-38
B
R-3
BODY-RR
3
H-32
2
9
G-6
5
H-38
0.5
B
1.25
B
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/R
0.5
LG/R
0.5
LG/R
0.5
LG/Y
0.5
LG/L
0.5
LG/L
0.5
L/B
0.5
L/B
0.5
L/B
H-38
4
G-6
C
4
H-32
1
3
G-2
H-38
2
G-2
D
M M
D08RW642
Parts Location
4
5
6
7
89
11
123
10
D08RWA07
Legend
(1) B–2
(2) Alarm and Relay Control Unit (B–7)
(3) I–16
(4) H–16, H–25, H–26
(5) B–18
(6) Fuse Box
(7) H–32
(8) RR Wiper Motor (G–6)
(9) RR Washer Motor (G–2)
(10) H–38
(11) R–3
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
1 Rear Wiper Motor Does Not Operate
2 Auto-Stop Function of The Rear Wiper Motor Does Not Operate
3 Rear Wiper Motor Does Not Operate at “Wiper” Position
4 Rear Wiper Motor Does Not Operate at “W asher” Position
5 Rotation of The Rear Wiper Motor Does Not Stop
6 Rear W asher Motor Does Not Operate
General Description
The circuit consists of the starter switch, headlight
wiper/washer switch, headlight wiper motor and washer
motor. By pushing the headlight wiper/washer switch with
the starter switch on, the wiper will make 5 strokes with
washer solution applied between each of the first 4
strokes, regardless of the length of time the switch is held
down.
The washer nozzle is installed to the wiper blade, and the
tank to which the washer motor is installed shared among
the headlight washer and the windshield washer.
Headlight Wiper/Washer
Circuit Diagram – 1
M
C-23
6
342
5
5
12
C-23
0.5
R/B
0.5
R0.5
R/Y
0.5
R/Y
0.5
R
0.5
R
0.5
R
0.5
R
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
3.0
B/Y C-4 15A
ELEC,IG C-7 10A
H/LAMP
WIPER
STARTER SW
(IG1) STARTER SW
(IG2)
0.5
B
0.5
L/R 342
0.5
O/W 0.5
B
2.0
B2.0
B2.0
B
0.85
B
0.5
R/G
0.5
R/G
0.5
R
0.5
L/W B-2
BODY
-LH BODY
-RH
BODY
-CTR
B-26 B-18
A
C-23
H-7
B-6
C-23
C
C-23
1
B-6
9
B-7
10
B-7
M
M
C-30
6
15
2
C-30
H-7
D
C-30
C-36
10
H-41
EB
C-30
F
15
H-15
1
C-36
ALARM & RELAY
CONTROL UNIT
ALARM & RELAY
CONTROL UNIT
H/LIGHT
WASHER
MOTOR
HEADLIGHT
WIPER
MOTOR-LH
HEADLIGHT
WIPER
MOTOR-RH
D08RY00471
Circuit Diagram – 2
1.25
B
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.3
R/G
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER
(3)
HEAD LIGHT
WIPER SW
TAIL RELAY
(4)
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
BODY-RH
B-19
FENDER-LH
6
I-4
2
I-4
20
H-9
A
7
I-4
0.85
G/R
3
I-4
5
H-26
4
C-16
0.5
L/R
0.5
L/R
11
H-24
B
8
I-4
0.5
O/W
1
H-9
D
5
I-4
0.5
L/W
0.5
O/W 0.5
L/W
6
H-9
E
0.5
B
C
0.5
B
F
4
I-4
D08RW932
Parts Location
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
D08RW938
Legend
(1) I–4
(2) C–16
(3) H–7, H–9, H–24
(4) B–6, B–7
(5) B–2
(6) C–23
(7) Headlight Wiper Motor–LH
(8) Headlight Wiper Motor–RH
(9) C–30
(10) H–41
(11) C–36
(12) Washer Tank
(13) Relay and Fuse Box
(14) B–18, B–19
(15) H–15
(16) Fuse Box
(17) B–26
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
1. Headlight Wipers and W asher Do Not Operate On Either Side
2. Wiper On The Left (Or Right) Side Does Not Operate
3. Auto-Stop Function Of The Wiper On The Left (Or Right) Side Does Not Operate
NOTE: If headlight wiper motor auto-stop on both sides does not function, it may be attributable either to
headlight wiper switch trouble or to poor grounding of connector C-16 .
4. Wiper On The Left (Or Right) Side Does Not Stop
5. W asher Motor Does Not Operate
General Description
When rear defogger switch is turned on with starter switch
on, battery voltage is applied to rear defogger through
rear defogger relay to operate rear defogger.
Alarm & relay control unit is provided with a timer. When
the operation time of the timer elapses which has been
set in advance at manufacture, the switch is automatically
turned off. (The timer operating time is normally about 30
minutes).
Rear Defogger
Circuit Diagram
D08RY00915
5.0
W
BATT.(+)
C-17 25A
RR DEFOG
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1)
C-4 15A
ELEC. IGN.
3.0
L/O
3.0
B/L
3.0
B/L
3.0
B/L
3.0
B
3.0
B2.0
B
0.85
B
2.0
B2.0
B
RR DEFOGGER
RELAY
RR DEFOGGER
SW
RR DEFOGGER
B-38 B-38
0.5
L/W
2
B-38
3
41
B-38
0.5
O/L
0.5
O/L
0.5
O/L
0.5
O/L
0.5
O/G
0.5
O/G
0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
0.85
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
ALARM & RELAY
CONTROL UNIT
(RR DEFOGGER)
B-7
5
B-7
8
9
B-6
G-7
1
H-37
1
G-3
2
2
H-31
4
H-37
R-3
BODY-RR BODY-LH BODY-RHBODY-CTR
B-2 B-26 B-18
TIMER
I-17
3
I-17
4
H-2520
I-17
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER(3)
2
5
I-17
2
H-26
6
I-17
TAIL RELAY(4)
1
H-25
Parts Location
8
9
10
11
12
13 14 12
3
4
5
6
7
D08RW811
Legend
(1) I–17 (Rear-Defogger Switch)
(2) Starter Switch
(3) H–25, H–26
(4) B–19
(5) Fuse Box (B–38)
(6) B–26
(7) G–7
(8) H–37
(9) R–3
(10) Rear Defogger
(11) G–3
(12) H–31, H–32
(13) B–2
(14) B–6, B–7 (Alarm and Relay Control Unit)
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
Check point Fuse
C-4 C-17
Trouble mode (15A) (25A)
1 Rear defogger does not operate 
2 Rear defogger timer does not function
Rear
defogger
SW
Rear
defogger
relay
Alarm &
relay
control
unit
Cable
harness
1 Rear defogger Does Not Operate
2 Rear Defogger Timer Does Not Function
General Description
The audio circuit is designed for the current to flow
through the receiver circuit when the radio switch is turned
on with the starter switch in“ACC” or “ON”. Current runs
through the memory circuit of the audio regardless of the
position of the starter switch.
The radio antenna operates in connection to the radio
switch. The antenna rod goes up when the switch is ON
and goes down to be stored in the fender with the switch
OFF. The antenna rod also goes down when the starter
switch is turned off with radio on.
Audio
Techline
Circuit Diagram – 1
D08RW765
1
R-5
2
11
I-15
3
0.3
R/G
I-15
1
0.5
Y
0.5
Y
0.5
Y
RR SPEAKER
-LH FRT SPEAKER
-LH FRT SPEAKER
-RH RR SPEAKER
-RH
TWEETER-LH TWEETER-RH
I-15
0.85
G/R
TAIL RELAY
(4)
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER(3)
4
I-15
H-27
0.5
O/G
0.5
O/G
3.0
L/B C-11 10A
AUDIO(ACC)
MIRROR
4
STARTER SW
(ACC)
R-5
20
H-32
8
H-27
8
0.5
L
0.5
L
0.5
L
I-15
19
H-32
7
H-27
1
R-10
2
2
0.5
O
0.5
O
0.5
O
I-15
R-10
18
H-32
14
H-27
9
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
B
I-15
17
H-32
13
H-27
1
D-10
2
6
0.5
W
0.5
W
I-15
D-10
3
12
H-27
15
0.5
R
0.5
R
I-15
H-18 H-1811
11
H-27
2
D-13
1
D-13
1
D-1
2
7
0.5
GR
0.5
GR
I-15
D-1
3
18
H-27
16
0.5
G
0.5
G
I-15
H-22 H-2211
17
H-27
2
D-4
1
D-4
AUDIO
H-1614
14
I-15
H-25
1.25
R/W
1.25
R/W
5.0
WC-15 20A
AUDIO(B)
19
BATT.(+)
Circuit Diagram – 2
D08RW681
I-15
AUDIO
0.85
B/L
10 I-15
0.5
BR/R
0.5
BR/R
0.5
R/W
12
B-8
LIMIT
SW
(UP)
LIMIT
SW
(DOWN)
DOWN
UP
AUTO ANTENNA
H-25
1
6
I-39
BODY-FRT
M
5.0
W
BATT.(+)
C-16 10A
CLOCK(B), ROOM
B-82
Parts Location
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 13
14
15
16
17
D08RW675
Legend
(1) R–10
(2) R–5
(3) D–13
(4) Auto Antenna
(5) H–32
(6) H–18
(7) D–10
(8) B–8
(9) I–39
(10) D–1
(11) H–22
(12) Relay and Fuse Box
(13) B–19
(14) Fuse Box
(15) H–25, H–26, H–27
(16) D–4
(17) I–15
General Description
When cigarette lighter is pushed in with starter switch at
either “ACC” or “ON” position, a circuit is formed in
cigarette lighter case to heat lighter coil. Cigarette lighter
springs back to its original position after lighter coil is
heated.
Cigarette Lighter and Digital Clock
Circuit Diagram
DIGITAL
CLOCK
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
B-19
BODY-RH
2
I-27
0.5
R/W
5.0
WC-16 10A
CLOCK(B)
ROOM
C-11 10A
AUDIO(ACC),
MIRROR
C-12 20A
CIGAR
9
H-26
BATT(+)
5.0
WC-15 20A
AUDIO
TEL
BATT(+)
3.0
B/R C-2 15A
SEAT
HEATER
5
I-27
5
H-26
0.5
O/G
0.5
R/W 0.5
O/G
0.3
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
1.25
O/B
1.25
O/B
0.3
R/G
0.85
G/R
0.5
B
1.25
B
3.0
L/B
4
H-27
3
I-27
STARTER SW
(ACC)
STARTER SW
(IG2)
4
I-27
20
H-27
0.85
G/R
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER(3)
TAIL RELAY
(4)
CAR
TELEPHONE
B-2
BODY-LH
4
B-58 2
B-58
1.25
R/W 1.25
GR
1.25
B
2.0
B
B-26
BODY-CTR
2.0
B
B-18
BODY-RH
2.0
B
3
B-58
1
B-58
0.5
O/G
1
I-21
1
I-20
3
H-20
1
I-22
2
I-20
D08RWA62
Parts Location
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
D08RWA52
Legend
(1) H–15, H–25, H–26, H–27
(2) H–20
(3) B–2
(4) B–26
(5) B–58
(6) I–20, I–21, I–22
(7) I–27
(8) B–18
(9) Relay and Fuse Box
(10) C-39
(11) Fuse Box
Diagnosis
1. Cigar Lighter Does Not Heat Sufficiently
2. The Cigar Lighter Does Not Spring Out After Being Heated
General Description
The circuit consists of door mirror control switch, folding
switch, defogger switch and door mirrors on both sides.
When control switch is operated with starter switch at
either “ACC” or “ON” position, motors incorporated in
door mirrors on both sides rotates to allow the horizontal
and vertical adjustment of mirror angle.
Folding switch can be used to fold mirror and return it to
its original position.
When turning on door mirror defogger switch with starter
switch at “ON” position, built–in heater in mirror is
activated to perform defogger function.
Power Door Mirror
Circuit Diagram – 1
D08RW652
4
B-55
3.0
L/B
0.5
O/G
0.5
O/G
C-11 10A
AUDIO(ACC), MIRROR
STARTER SW
(ACC)
A
0.85
G/R
TAIL RELAY
(4)
2
B-55
0.5
B/G
0.5
B/G
H-18
B
8
B-55
10
0.5
W/B
0.5
W/B
H-18
C
6
B-55
8
LVLH RH RV
0.5
B/L
0.5
B/L
H-22
D
8
B-55
5
0.5
W/G
0.5
W/G
H-22
E
6
B-55
7
0.5
B/W
0.5
B/W
H-18
F
18
0.5
B/W
0.5
B/W
0.5
B/W
H-22
G
H
18
B-55
19
2.0
B
0.5
B
0.3
R/G
0.5
B
BODY-LH
B-55
3
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER (3)
MIRROR CONTROL SW
B-55
B-2
2.0
B
BODY-CTR
B-26
2.0
B
BODY-RH
B-18
Circuit Diagram – 2
D08RW646
0.5
B/G
B
0.5
W/B
0.5
B/W
4
6
D-12
C F
M M
MIRROR
-LH
RIGHT LEFT
DOWN UP
D-12
0.5
B/L
D
0.5
W/G
0.5
B/W
4
6
D-3
E G
M M
MIRROR
-RH
RIGHT LEFT
DOWN UP
D-3
5
D-12 5
D-3
Circuit Diagram – 3
D08RY00250
A
B-56
6
B-56
5
B-56
8
B-56
7
B-56
4
H-18
17
H-1816
CLOSE OPEN
0.5
O/G
0.5
B
H
0.5
B
2.0
B
0.5
GR/L
0.5
GR/L 0.5
GR/L
0.5
GR/G
0.5
B
D-12
2
D-12
7
M
MIRROR-LH
H-2217 H-2216
0.5
GR/L
0.5
GR/G
0.5
GR/L 0.5
GR/G
D-3
2
D-3
7
M
MIRROR-RH
MIRROR DEFOGGER SW
MIRROR
DEFOGGER
-LH
MIRROR
FOLDING SW
3.0
B/Y
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
C-4 15A
ELEC. IGN.
STARTER SW
(IG1)
8
H-18
B-1
2.0
B
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
P/W
0.5
P/W
D-12
5
B-57 B-57
7
H-18
5
D-12
3
B-57
4
MIRROR
DEFOGGER
-RH
8
H-22
B-18
BODY-LH BODY-RH
1.25
B
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
P/W
0.5
P/W
0.5
B
D-3
7
H-22
5
D-3
3
I
3
I
Parts Location
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
123
D08RWA05
Legend
(1) B–56 (Center Console)
(2) B–57 (Center Console)
(3) B–55 (Center Console)
(4) D–12
(5) H–18
(6) B–1, B–2
(7) B–26
(8) H–22
(9) B–18
(10) Relay and Fuse Box
(11) Fuse Box
(12) H–14
(13) D–3
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
1. Mirrors on Both Sides Do Not Operate
2. Mirrors on The Left (Or Right) Side Does Not Operate
3. Mirrors on Both Sides Operate Only in The Vertical (Or Horizontal) Direction
4. Mirrors on The Left Sides Operates Only in The Vertical (Or Horizontal) Direction
NOTE: Connectors shown in the parenthesis “( )” indicate a check point of the mirror that does not operate in
the horizontal direction.
5. Mirror on The Right Side Operates Only in The Vertical (Or Horizontal) Direction
6. Folding Mechanism of The Both Mirrors Does Not Operate
NOTE: Connectors shown in the parenthesis “( )” indicate a check point of the mirror that does not operate in
the horizontal direction.
7. Folding Mechanism of The Mirror on The Left (Or Right) Side Does Not Operate
8. Mirror Defoggers on Both Sides Do Not Operate
9. Mirror Defogger on The Left (Or Right) Side Does Not Operate
Anti–Theft System with Keyless Entry
Circuit Diagram – 1 (6VE1)
D08RW701
STARTER SW
(SW)
3.0
W/G
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/L
1.25
W/L
0.5
L
0.5
L
0.5
L/B
0.5
L
0.5
B/Y
0.5
G/Y
FUSE
C-8
IMMOBILIZER
CONTROL UNIT
(10)
1.25
W/R
1.25
W/R
0.5
L
0.5
W/R
MODE
SW
(A/T)
STARTER
RELAY
IMMOBILIZER
RELAY
ANTI-THEFT
INDICATOR
LIGHT
ANTI-THEFT & KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT
0.5
W/R
(M/T)
C-1 10A
STARTER
RELAY
BATT.(+)
5.0
W
0.5
R/W
C-16
10A
CLOCK(B)
ROOM
2
15
H-12
H-10
1
M-25
4
M-25
6
X-17
22
B-22
10
B-22
12
4
H-15
2
X-20
1
X-20
3
X-20
X-20
5
X-17
16
H-10
4
H-42
A
A
STARTER SW
(ACC)
3.0
L/B
0.5
O/L
C-13
10A
ANTI
THEFT
18
B-22
20
B-22
5
H-21
DOME
LIGHT
0.5
GR/G
19
B-22
7
H-26
2
I-8
1
I-8
18
H-26
BATT.(+)
0.3
LG/B
0.3
LG/B
1.25
LG/W
1.25
LG/W
5.0
WC-18 20A
DOOR LOCK
Circuit Diagram – 1 (4JX1)
D08RW702
STARTER SW
(ST)
3.0
W/G
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/R
0.5
L
0.5
L/B
0.5
B/Y
FUSE
C-8
0.5
L
0.5
L
IMMOBILIZER
CONTROL UNIT
(10)
0.5
G/Y
STARTER
RELAY
IMMOBILIZER
RELAY
ANTI-THEFT
INDICATOR
LIGHT
ANTI-THEFT & KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT
C-1 10A
STARTER
RELAY
BATT.(+)
5.0
W
0.5
R/W
C-16
10A
CLOCK(B)
ROOM
2
C-56
4
X-20
3
X-20
1
X-20
12
H-15
10
B-22
22
B-22
STARTER SW
(ACC)
3.0
L/B
0.5
O/L
C-13
10A
ANTI
THEFT
18
B-22
20
B-22
5
H-21
DOME
LIGHT
0.5
GR/G
19
B-22
7
H-26
2
I-8
1
I-8
18
H-26
BATT.(+)
0.3
LG/B
0.3
LG/B
1.25
LG/W
1.25
LG/W
5.0
WC-18 20A
DOOR LOCK
2
X-20
3
C-56
2
H-42
2
H-12
Circuit Diagram – 2
D08RY00281
X-16 5X-16 4
F-11 15A
ANTI THEFT
ANTI-THEFT
HORN ANTI-THEFT
RELAY
0.5
O/B
HORN
0.5
G/Y
0.5
G/Y
0.85
P/B
X-16 2
0.85
G/O
0.85
G/O
0.85
G/O
0.5
O/B
0.85
G/O
0.85
G/O
5.0
W
BATT.(+)
B-22 8B-2221
H-1517
H-13 6
C-19 2
C-19
1X-16
6
X-16
1
SIDE
TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT
0.85
G/B
X-16
3
REAR
TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT
ANTI-THEFT & KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT
3
H-1612 X-8
X-8 X-8
2
1
HORN RELAY
2.0
G/O
0.85
G/O
0.3
B/O
0.3
B/O
0.85
G/Y
0.3
B/O
2.0
G/O
5.0
W
BATT.(+)
F-3 15A
HORN, HAZARD
FL-1 80A
MAIN
HAZARD
WARNING SW
(2)
12
B-12
HORN SW
H-15
16
B-22
7
Circuit Diagram – 3
D08RW706
ENGINE
HOOD
SW
ANTI-THEFT & KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT
0.5
BR/W
0.5
BR/W
0.85
B
1.25
B
0.5
O/B 0.5
BR/R
0.5
BR/R
0.5
BR/R
0.5
B
1.25
B
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
O/B
0.5
O/B
0.5
B
1
C-20
B-19
13
H-7
3
H-37
17
B-22
BODY-RH BODY-RR BODY-RH BODY-LH
12
B-22 13
B-22 16
B-22
G-5
4
G-5 2
H-38 5
H-3216
10
H-38
G-5
3
G-5
TAMPER
DETECT
1
H-3212
TAIL GATE
KEY SW
R-3
0.5
O/B 0.5
BR/R
0.5
BR/R
0.5
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
2.0
B
0.5
O/B
0.5
BR/R
0.5
O/B
0.5
B
D-6
4
D-6 2
H-23 1
D-6
3
D-6
TAMPER
DETECT
1
14
FRT DOOR
KEY SW
-RH
FRT DOOR
KEY SW
-LH
B-18
0.5
BR/R
0.5
B
0.5
O/B
0.5
BR/R
0.5
O/B
0.5
B
D-16
4
D-16 2
H-19 1
1
D-16
H-22H-22 H-18H-18
3
D-16
TAMPER
DETECT
1
4
B-2
BODY-RH
2.0
B
B-18
BODY-CTR
2.0
B
B-26
Circuit Diagram – 4
D08RX00037
M
3
1
G-4
TAIL GATE
ACTUATOR
G-4
2
H-38
5
4
G-4
4
H-38
11
B-22
G-4
H-32
0.5
BR/B
0.5
BR/B
0.5
BR/B
14
R-3
0.5
B
1.25
B
0.5
B
BODY-RR
M
4
2
D-21
RR DOOR
LOCK
ACTUATOR
-LH
ANTI-THEFT & KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT
D-21
1
H-29
2
3
D-21
1
H-28
D-21
0.5
BR/B
0.5
BR/B
B-26
2.0
B
0.5
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
BODY-CTR
B-18
2.0
B
BODY-RH
B-2
2.0
B
BODY-LH
M
4
2
D-26
RR DOOR
LOCK
ACTUATOR
-RH
D-26
1
H-47
14
H-35
2
H-47
1
3
D-26
1
H-34
D-26
0.5
BR/B
0.5
BR/B
0.5
BR/B
0.5
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
M
4
2
D-19
FRT DOOR
LOCK
ACTUATOR
-LH
D-19
1
H-19
1
3
D-19
9
H-18
D-19
0.5
BR/B
0.5
BR/B
B-1
2.0
B
0.5
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
BODY-LH
M
4
2
D-9
FRT DOOR
LOCK
ACTUATOR
-RH
D-9
1
H-23
1
3
D-9
9
H-22
D-9
0.5
BR/B
0.5
BR/B
B-18
0.5
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
BODY-RH
Circuit Diagram – 5
E08RW708
FRT DOOR
LOCK SW-RH
(FRT DOOR LOCK
& POWER WIN-
DOW SW-RH)
H-23
1
1
D-5
15
H-22
14
H-22
15
B-22
5
B-22
0.5
LG
0.5
LG/L
0.3
LG/L
B-18
1.25
B
1.25
B
BODY-RH
ANTI-THEFT & KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT
2
D-30
D-30
1
FRT DOOR
LOCK SW-LH
(FRT DOOR LOCK
& POWER WIN-
DOW SW-LH)
7
D-14
15
H-18
14
H-18
0.5
LG
0.3
LG/L
0.5
LG/L 0.5
LG/L 0.5
LG/L
B-2
1.25
B
2.0
B
1.25
B
BODY-LH
B-18
2.0
B
BODY-RH
B-26
2.0
B
BODY-CTR
4
D-14
D-14
3
DOOR LOCK
KEY SW-RH DOOR LOCK
KEY SW-LH
2
H-23
7
H-23
0.5
GR/W 0.5
GR/B 0.5
R/Y
FRT
DOOR SW RR
DOOR
SW
TAIL
GATE
SW
0.5
LG/R
0.5
LG/R
0.5
LG/R
0.5
L/Y 0.5
LG/R
0.5
LG/R
0.5
L/Y
0.5
LG/R
0.5
B
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
0.5
B
1
D-8
D-8
2
3
2
H-19
7
H-19
1
D-17
D-17
2
3
D-8 D-17
21
B-22 B-22
6
B-22
H-19
1
Parts Location
23
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32 33 34 35 37
36 1
D08RW680
Legend
(1) D–26
(2) R–11
(3) G–4
(4) G–5
(5) R–8
(6) H–37, H–38
(7) R–3
(8) R–1
(9) D–21
(10) H–28, H–29
(11) D–17
(12) R–2
(13) D–19
(14) H–32
(15) H–21
(16) H–18, H–19
(17) B–1, B–2
(18) H–7, H–8
(19) M–25
(20) C–20
(21) H–10
(22) B–26
(23) H–47
(24) D–8
(25) H–22, H–23
(26) B–18, B–19
(27) Relay and Fuse Box
(28) C–19
(29) H–13, H–14, H–15, H–16, H–26
(30) Fuse Box
(31) B–22
(32) I–8
(33) D–5, D–30
(34) B–12
(35) D–6
(36) D–9
Diagnosis
Diagnosis Procedure
1. Check to see if the battery voltage is normal.
2. Check to see if the fuse is normal.
3. Replace the anti–theft & keyless entry control unit with one reserved for test. If a trouble recurs even after replacing
the control unit, find out the cause of the trouble by referring to “System check procedure” and the following list.
ITEM MALFUNCTION POSSIBLE CAUSE DETECTING METHOD REMARKS
ANTI–THEFT
indicator light
does not flash
ANTI–THEFT
indicator light
does not turn off.
(Steadily on)
When door is
opened by pulling
up locking knob,
alarm does not
operate
Alarm does not
stop.
Indicator light
does not change
to fully ON
condition, or does
not come on at
all.
Burnt out indicator
light bulb possible.
Refer to “Connector
check table” in this
system.
Refer to “Connector
check table” in this
system.
Refer to “Connector
check table” in this
system.
Refer to “Connector
check table” in this
system.
Refer to “Connector
check table” in this
system.
Refer to “Connector
check table” in this
system.
Defective contact of door switch,
or open circuit in door switch
wiring.
Short circuit in the detect switch.
Engine hood, doors and tailgate
are not fully closed and locked.
Defective door switch, or short
circuit in switch wiring.
Defective tamper switch, or short
circuit in wiring.
Defective lock switch, or short
circuit in wiring.
Defective engine hood switch, or
short circuit in wiring.
Defective tailgate switch, or short
circuit in wiring.
Defective control unit.
Poor contact of lock switch, or
open circuit in wiring.
Broken wire in wiring to headlight
and horn, or a blown fuse.
Defective contact of detect
switch, or damaged switch wiring.
With door open, dome light and
courtesy light do not come on.
Check the control unit connector.
Check to see if doors are closed
and locked.
Dome light and courtesy light
remain lit on after closing doors.
Check the control unit connector.
Check the control unit connector.
Check the control unit connector.
Luggage room light remains lit
after closing tailgate.
Check alarm operation (See No.
46 of “System check procedure”),
possible cause is a poor contact
of lock switch of an open circuit in
wiring.
Check to see if headlights go out.
Check the control unit connector.
Check the control unit connector.
A
C
D
E
B
ITEM MALFUNCTION POSSIBLE CAUSE DETECTING METHOD REMARKS
Even when door
unlocked with
key, alarm
operates.
Alarm does not
operate even with
tailgate open.
Even when
tailgate is opened
with key, alarm
does not stop.
Even when
engine hood is
opened with
remote release,
alarm does not
operate
Even when
starter switch is
turned, alarm
does not stop
Indicator light
continues
flashing
Refer to “Connector
check table” in this
system.
Refer to “Connector
check table” in this
system.
Refer to “Connector
check table” in this
system.
Defective contact of detect
switch, or damaged switch wiring.
Door detect switch is assembled
to wrong door.
Defective contact of tailgate
switch, or defective wiring.
Defective contact of tailgate
detect switch, or damage wiring.
Damaged engine hood switch or
wiring.
Defective contact of starter
switch.
Damaged door switch, or a short
circuit in wiring.
Damaged tamper switch, or a
short circuit in wiring.
Check the control unit connector.
When key is turned to lock
position, alarm stops.
When luggage room light switch
is turned on with tailgate open,
luggage room light does not
come on.
Check the control unit connector.
With starter switch turned to
“ACC” position, audio, cigarette
lighter and door mirrors (on
“ACC” circuit) do not operate.
After closing door, dome light and
courtesy light remain on.
Check the control unit connector.
F
G
H
I
J
K
System Check Procedure
STEP OPERATION ITEM TO BE CHECKED ITEM OF REMARKS
MALFUNCTION
Be sure to lock door
with locking knob.
Activate alarm
device.
All doors are
unlocked.
With key set at unlock
position, check to see
if alarm stops.
All doors are
locked.
Activate alarm
device.
Activate alarm
device.
Only left rear door
is unlocked.
Check to see if engine hood,
tailgate and doors are closed and
locked.
Check to see if indicator light
remains lit off.
Check to see if indicator light
flashes.
Check to see if dome light and
courtesy light illuminate.
Check to see if indicator light
changes from flashing to steadily
on.
Check to see if indicator light
turns off in about 10 seconds.
Check to see if alarm operates
(with headlight flashing, and horn
blaring intermittently.)
Check to see if alarm stops.
Check to see if indicator light
turns on.
Check to see if indicator light
goes off after about 10 seconds.
Check to see if alarm does not
operate.
Check to see if indicator light
turns on.
Check to see if indicator light
goes off after about 10 seconds.
Check to see if alarm starts.
Turn starter key to “ON” position.
Open windows fully.
Pull out starter key after turning it
back to “OFF” position.
Unlock left front door with locking
knob.
Open left front door. (And get out
of the vehicle.)
Close left front door.
Lock left front door.
Wait about 10 seconds
Unlock left front door with locking
knob.
Insert key into key cylinder of left
front door and turn it in unlock
direction.
Lock left front door.
Wait for about 10 seconds.
Unlock left front door with key.
Lock left front door with key.
Wait for about 10 seconds.
Unlock left rear door with locking
knob.
K
A
B
C
D
E
B
C
F
B
C
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
STEP OPERATION ITEM TO BE CHECKED ITEM OF REMARKS
MALFUNCTION
With key set at
unlock position,
check to see if
alarm stops. (All
doors are unlocked.)
All doors are
locked.
Activate alarm
device.
Only tailgate is
unlocked.
With key set at
unlock position,
check to see if
alarm stops.
Activate alarm
device.
Activate alarm
device.
Check to see if alarm stops.
Check to see if indicator light
flashes.
Check to see if dome light and
courtesy light come on.
Check to see if indicator light is
steadily on.
Check to see if indicator light
turns off in about 10 seconds.
Check to see if alarm operates.
Check to see if alarm stops.
Check to see if indicator light
flashes.
Check to see if luggage room
light on.
Check to see if indicator light
changes over from flashing into
lighting condition.
Check to see if indicator light
goes off after about 10 seconds.
Check to see if alarm does not
operate.
Check to see if indicator light
come on.
Check to see if indicator light
goes off after about 10 seconds.
Insert key into key cylinder of left
front door and turn it to unlock
direction.
Open left rear door.
With one person in vehicle, close
left rear door.
Lock left front door with locking
knob.
Wait about 10 seconds.
Unlock tailgate from inside with
locking knob.
Open tailgate, insert kay into key
cylinder of tailgate and turn it in
lock direction.
Leave tailgate open.
Close tailgate
Insert key into tailgate key
cylinder and turn it in lock
direction.
Wait about 10 seconds.
Unlock tailgate with key.
Lock tailgate with key.
Wait about 10 seconds.
E
A
B
C
D
H
A
G
B
C
F
B
C
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
STEP OPERATION ITEM TO BE CHECKED ITEM OF REMARKS
MALFUNCTION
Only right rear door
is unlocked.
With key at unlock
position, check to
see if alarm stops.
(With all doors
unlocked.)
Activate alarm
device.
Only right front door
is unlocked.
With key at unlock
position, check to
see if alarm stops.
(With all doors
unlocked.)
Activate alarm
device.
Check to see if alarm operates.
Check to see if alarm stops.
Check to see if indicator light
flashes.
Check to see if dome light and
courtesy light come on.
Check to see if indicator light
stays on steadily.
Check to see if indicator light
goes off after about 10 seconds.
Check to see if alarm operates.
Check to see if alarm stops.
Check to see if indicator light
flashes.
Check to see if dome light and
courtesy light come on.
Check to see if indicator light
stays on steadily.
Check to see if indicator light
goes off after about 10 seconds.
Check to see if alarm does not
operate.
Check to see if indicator light
stays on steadily.
Unlock right rear door with
locking knob.
Insert key into key cylinder of
right front door and turn it in
unlock direction.
Open right rear door.
Close right rear door.
Insert key into key cylinder of
right front door and turn it in lock
direction.
Wait about 10 seconds.
Unlock right front door with
locking knob.
Insert key into key cylinder of
right front door and turn it in
unlock direction.
Open right front door.
Close right front door.
Lock right front door with key.
Wait about 10 seconds.
Unlock right front door with key.
Lock right front door with key.
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
F
B
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
STEP OPERATION ITEM TO BE CHECKED ITEM OF REMARKS
MALFUNCTION
Activate alarm
device.
Check to see if indicator light
goes off after about 10 seconds.
Check to see if alarm operates.
Check to see if alarm stops.
Wait about 10 seconds.
Open engine hood with engine
hood release handle.
Insert key into starter switch and
turn it to “ACC” position.
C
I
J
45
46
47
NOTE: When the connector of the anti–theft & keyless entry control unit is disconnected, the starter is inoperative.
In the checking of short wheel base model, Step Nos. 16 through 21 and Step Nos. 31 through 36 are omitted.
TERMINAL CONNECTION CHECK OPERATION CIRCUIT
NO. ITEM CONDITION
1 FRT door switch–LH, RH Continuity Open door Continuity
Close door No continuity
2 RR door switch–LH, RH Continuity Open door Continuity
Close door No continuity
3——– –
4 Door lock key switch–LH, RH Continuity Lock with key Continuity
5 FRT door lock switch–LH, RH Continuity Lock Continuity
6 Tailgate switch Continuity Open tailgate Continuity
Close tailgate No continuity
8 Anti–theft horn Voltage –Approx. 12V
10 Battery Voltage –Approx. 12V
11 Door switch Continuity Unlock with locking knob Continuity
Lock with locking knob No continuity
12 Engine hood switch Continuity Open engine hood Continuity
Close engine hood No continuity
13 Detect switch Continuity Unlock with key Continuity
Lock with key No continuity
14 Door lock key switch Continuity Unlock Continuity
15 FRT door lock switch–LH, RH Continuity Unlock Continuity
16 Tamper switch Continuity –No continuity
17 Ground Continuity –Continuity
18 Starter switch Voltage Starter switch “ACC”Approx. 12V
19 Indicator light Voltage –Approx. 12V
20 Dome light Voltage Dome light “DOOR” position Approx. 12V
21 Anti-theft relay Voltage –Approx. 12V
22 Starter relay Voltage Mode switch “P” or “N”Approx. 12V
Clutch pedal depressed Approx. 12V
Connector Check Table
Check the anti–theft & keyless entry control unit harness side connector B–20 by using a circuit tester.
ID Code Registration
There are four kinds of ID codes which can be registered,
for which these three modes, ID code new registration, ID
code additional registration and ID code check, are
available.
ID Code New Registration
This procedure erases all registered ID codes and
registers a new received ID code instead.
Step Action Yes No
1. Open the driver’s side door.
2. Turn the starter switch off.
Is the action complete?
Turn the starter switch to ACC position and then off three times
within five seconds after step 1.
Is the action complete within five seconds?
Close the door and then open it two times within ten seconds after
step 2.
Is the action complete within ten seconds?
1. Turn the starter switch to ACC position and then off five times.
2. Close the door and then open it.
NOTE: This step must be performed within ten seconds after step
3.
Is the action complete?
The control unit makes lock/unlock response once with interval of
one second.
Is the response complete?
Operate the lock or unlock button of transmitter within twenty
seconds after step 5.
Is the action complete?
The control unit makes lock/unlock response once with interval of
one second as ID temporary registration.
Is the response complete?
Operate the lock or unlock button of transmitter within twenty
seconds after step 7.
Is the action complete?
The control unit compares temporary registered ID code with
receiving ID code.
Is temporary registered ID code the same as receiving ID code?
The control unit makes lock/unlock response three times with
interval of one second.
Is the response complete?
The control unit erases all registered ID codes and registers new
ID code.
Is the registration complete?
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 11
Finished
Go to Step 12
—
Finished
Finished
Finished
—
Finished
—
Finished
Go to Step 11
—
Go to Step 13
Step Action Yes No
The control unit makes lock/unlock response once with interval of
one second.
Is the response complete?
The control unit makes lock/unlock response three times with
interval of one second.
Is the response complete?
12
13 Finished
Finished
—
—
Step Action Yes No
1. Open the driver’s side door.
2. Turn the starter switch off.
Is the action complete?
Turn the starter switch to ACC position and then off three times
within five seconds after step 1.
Is the action complete within five seconds?
Close the door and then open it two times within ten seconds after
step 2.
Is the action complete within ten seconds?
1. Turn the starter switch to ACC position and then off three
times.
2. Close the door and then open it.
NOTE: This step must be performed within ten seconds after step
3.
Is the action complete?
The control unit makes lock/unlock response two times with
interval of one second.
Is the response complete?
Operate the lock or unlock button of transmitter within twenty
seconds after step 5.
Is the action complete?
The control unit makes lock/unlock response two times with
interval of one second as ID temporary registration.
Is the response complete?
Operate the lock or unlock transmitter within twenty seconds after
step 7.
Is the action complete?
The control unit compares temporary registered ID code with
receiving ID code.
Is temporary registered ID code the same as receiving ID code?
The control unit makes lock/unlock response three times with
interval of one second.
Is the response complete?
The control unit registers new ID code.
Is the registration complete?
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 11
Finished
Go to Step 12
—
Finished
Finished
Finished
—
Finished
—
Finished
Go to Step 10
—
Go to Step 13
ID Code Additional Registration
This procedure additionally registers a new received ID
code with holding registered ID codes. When total
number of registered ID codes and newly registered ID
code exceeds four, they are erased in order of older one.
Step Action Yes No
The control unit makes lock/unlock response once with interval of
one second.
Is the response complete?
The control unit makes lock/unlock response three times with
interval of one second.
Is the response complete?
12
13 Finished
Finished
—
—
Step Action Yes No
1. Open the driver’s side door.
2. Turn the starter switch off.
Is the action complete?
Turn the starter switch to ACC position and then off three times
within five seconds after step 1.
Is the action complete within five seconds?
Close the door and then open it two times within ten seconds after
step 2.
Is the action complete within ten seconds?
1. Turn the starter switch to ACC position and then off.
2. Close the door and then open it.
NOTE: This step must be performed within ten seconds after step
3.
Is the action complete?
The control unit makes lock/unlock response twice as many the
number of registered ID code with interval of two seconds. (In case
of no registered code, the response is made ten times.)
Is the response complete?
1
2
3
4
5
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
Finished
—
Finished
Finished
Finished
—
ID Code Check
This procedure checks how many kinds of ID code are
registered.
Step Action Yes No
Open the driver’s side door.
Is the action complete?
Lock the door and then unlock it three times within ten seconds
after step 1.
Is the action complete within five seconds?
Close the door and then open it two times within ten seconds after
step 2.
Is the action complete within ten seconds?
1
2
3
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
—
Finished
Finished
Anti–theft horn, as an answer back function for the
transmitter operation, changes from available into
unavailing or from unavailing into available by this
procedure.
Answer Back (Anti–theft Horn Operation) Change Mode
Step Action Yes No
1. Lock the door and unlock it three times.
2. Close the door and then open it.
NOTE: This step must be performed within ten seconds after step
3.
Is the action complete?
Answer back mode changes.
Is this step complete?
The control unit makes lock/unlock response once with interval of
one second.
Is the response complete?
The control unit makes lock/unlock response three times with
interval of one second.
Is the response complete?
4
5
6
7
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Finished
Finished
Finished
Go to Step 7
—
—
Anti–theft & Keyless Entry Control
Unit/Transmitter Replacement
Anti–theft & Keyless Entry Control Unit
Replacement
1. Remove and install the control unit.
● Refer to Anti–theft & Keyless Entry Control Unit
Removal and Installation in this section.
2. Register ID code.
● Refer to ID Code Registration in this section.
3. Check that the keyless entry system works normally.
Transmitter Replacement
1. Prepare a new transmitter.
2. Register ID code.
● Refer to ID Code Registration in this section.3. Check that the keyless entry system works normally.
Transmitter Battery Replacement
1. Remove a screw to remove the cover.
2. Remove the batteries.
3. Set the new batteries into the transmitter.
4. Install the cover to the transmitter.
5. Check that the keyless entry system works normally.
General Description
The circuit consists of meter assembly vehicle speed
sensor, engine coolant temperature sensor, seat belt
switch, oil pressure switch, brake fluid switch, parking
brake switch and other some switches and sensors.
Meter assembly contains speedometer, tachometer,
voltmeter, engine coolant temperature gauge, oil
pressure gauge, fuel gauge, warning/indicator light and
illumination light.
Meter and Warning/Indicator Light
Circuit Diagram–1 (6VE1 W/T.O.D.)
D08RY00903
3
C-39
10
H-42
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
B
D
C
A
FENDER-RH
H-10 4
M-10
2
A
I
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
1
M-10
9
H-10
3
H-9
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
R/W
SPEEDO-
METER
RESET
SW
TACHOMETER
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
FUEL
GAUGE
FUSE C-15
3
M-10
12
5
H-9
11
H-10
VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR
I-10
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
1
E-19
1
9
H-24
11
H-6
I-10
2
H-8
IMMOBILIZER
CONTROL UNIT
(8)
CRUISE CONTROL
UNIT(9)
0.5
B/R
15
H-9
PCM
(C10)
9
I-9
0.5
Y/R
14
H-25
20
I-10
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
UNIT
8
I-10 METER
ODO/TRIP
METER
Circuit Diagram–2 (6VE1 W/T.O.D.)
D08RY00904
B
C
D
J
E
5
18 15 10
4
2
29
4
28
16
6
5
3
21
26
6
C-10 10A
METER, GAUGE
CHECK
TRANS. A/T OIL
TEMP.
18
C-39
H-16
I-10
PCM
(A13) PCM
(A11) PCM
(A10) PCM
(A14) PCM
(A9)
0.5
V0.5
P/W 0.5
P/G 0.5
O/B 0.5
O/L
0.85
B/P
H-26
I-9
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1)
0.3
Y/G
0.85
B/P
FENDER-RH
I-10
H-25
I-10
H-9
I-9
H-9
I-9
H-9
I-9
H-9
I-9
H-24
FUEL MIL POWER WINTER
METER
MIL:MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
Circuit Diagram–3 (6VE1 W/T.O.D.)
D08RW734
G
F
E
18
14
CRUISE
SET CRUISE
MAIN AIR BAG ABS BRAKE
EHCU:ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
OIL
PRESSURE
CRUISE
CONTROL
UNIT(14)
0.5
B/O
I-9
H-26
19
15
CRUISE
CONTROL
UNIT(13)
0.5
GR/L
I-9
H-26
2
2
SDM
(7)
0.5
W/R
I-9
H-62
16
2
EHCU
(16)
OIL PRESSURE
SW
BRAKE
FLUID
SW
PARKING
BRAKE
SW
0.5
Y
I-10
H-16
20
22
12
1
0.5
LB
0.5
LB 0.5
B/P
0.5
B
0.5
B/P
0.5
B/P
0.5
LB
I-9
H-9
H-6
E-1
7
1
8
9
2
13
1
FENDER-RH
0.5
B/P
I-9
H-16
C-15
C-39
C-15
SEAT
BELT
0.5
L
0.5
B
2.0
B
5
2
18
1
BODY-CTR
0.3
L
I-9
H-25
B-62
B-26
2.0
B
BODY-LH
B-2
2.0
B
BODY-RH
B-18
B-62
H-26
B-27
METER
SEAT
BELT
SW
Circuit Diagram–4 (6VE1 W/T.O.D.)
D08RW735
F
G
4
10
AC GENERATOR
(L)
ILLUMINAITON
CONTROLLER(3)
TAIL RELAY
(4) TURN SIGNAL/CORNERING
LIGHT SW
BODY-RH
0.85
W/G
0.85
W/G
I-9
H-16
1
H-3
25
0.5
R/G
10
0.3
B
0.85
G/B
0.85
G/R 0.85
P/B
1.25
B
1.25
B
20
I-10
H-27
B-19
1
6
11
10
I-10
H-27
24
14
I-9
CHARGE METER TURN
-LH TURN
-RH
ODO/
TRIP
METER
METER I-9I-9
H-16 H-27
DIMMER•
PASSING
SW
FUSE F-4
0.85
R/Y
0.85
R/L
14
15
13
9
I-10
I-10
H-16
H-9
HIGH
BEAM
Circuit Diagram–5 (6VE1 W/T.O.D.)
D08RW736
I J
0.3
Y/G
0.5
Y/R
0.5
Y/R
BODY-RR
ALARM&RELAY
CONTROL UNIT
FUEL
TANK
UNIT
0.5
B
1.25
B
0.5
B/P
0.3
Y/BR
0.3
Y/BR
0.3
Y/BR 7
17
9
41
19
B-6
6
B-7
R-4
F-5
H-33
2
F-5
18
H-46
7
H-33
F-5
H-33
H-46
Circuit Diagram–6 (W/T.O.D.)
D08RW730
BODY-LHBODY-LH
TAIL RELAY
(4)
(W/O SUNROOF)
STARTER SW
(ACC)
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
0.5
B
2.0
B
2.0
B
2.0
B
0.5
P/G
0.5
G/R
0.5
G/R
0.5
O/G
0.5
O/G
3.0
L/B
0.5
P/G
0.5
P/L
0.5
P/L
0.5
P/G
0.5
P/L
0.85
B
4
H-21
4
6
H-21
H-21
H-21
H-7
C-9
L-5
5
8
H-21
2
3
H-7 8
2
C-9 1
L-5
4
L-5
3
L-5 1
1
H-21 3
L-5
B-2B-2
MULTI METER
C-11 10A
AUDIO(ACC), MIRROR
Circuit Diagram–1 (6VE1 W/O T.O.D.)
D08RY00905
3
C-39
10
H-42
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
B
D
C
A
FENDER-RH
H-10 4
M-10
2
A
I
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
1
M-10
9
H-10
3
H-9
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
R/W
SPEEDO-
METER
RESET
SW
TACHOMETER
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
FUEL
GAUGE
OIL
PRESSURE
GAUGE
FUSE C-15
3
M-10
12
5
H-9
11
H-10
VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR
I-10
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
1
E-19
1
4
H-24
11
H-6
I-10
2
H-8
IMMOBILIZER
CONTROL UNIT
(8)
CRUISE CONTROL
UNIT(9)
0.5
B/R
15
H-9
PCM
(C10)
9
I-9
0.5
Y/R
14
H-25
20
I-10
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
UNIT
0.5
Y/G
0.5
Y/V
0.5
Y/B
1
E-2
17
19
H-9
10
H-6
I-10
OIL
PRESSURE
UNIT
8
I-10 METER
ODO/TRIP
METER
Circuit Diagram–2 (6VE1 W/O T.O.D.)
B
C
D
J
E
5
18 15 10
5
2
25
4
21
16
3
5
1
19
15
6
VOLT
METER
C-10 10A
METER, GAUGE
CHECK
TRANS. A/T OIL
TEMP.
18
C-39
H-16
I-9
PCM
(A13) PCM
(A11) PCM
(A10) PCM
(A14) PCM
(A9)
0.5
V0.5
P/W 0.5
P/G 0.5
O/B 0.5
O/L
0.85
B/P
H-26
I-9
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1)
0.3
Y/G
0.85
B/P
FENDER-RH
I-10
H-25
I-9
H-9
I-9
H-9
I-9
H-9
I-9
H-9
I-9
H-24
FUEL MIL POWER WINTER
METER
MIL:MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
D08RY00906
Circuit Diagram–3 (6VE1 W/O T.O.D.)
08RW725
G
H
F
E
16
14
CRUISE
SET CRUISE
MAIN AIR BAG ABS 4WD BRAKE
EHCU:ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
OIL
PRESSURE
CRUISE
CONTROL
UNIT(14)
0.5
B/O
I-9
H-26
17
15
CRUISE
CONTROL
UNIT(13)
0.5
GR/L
I-9
H-26
24
2
SDM
(7)
0.5
W/R
I-9
H-62
16
2
EHCU
(16)
OIL PRESSURE
SW
BRAKE
FLUID
SW
PARKING
BRAKE
SW
0.5
Y
I-10
H-16
18
19
4WD
CONTROL
UNIT(19)/
FRT
AXLESW(2)
OR
4WDSW(1)
0.5
LG
I-9
H-27
22
22
12
1
0.5
LB
0.5
LB 0.5
B/P
0.5
B
0.5
B/P
0.5
B/P
0.5
LB
I-9
H-9
H-6
E-1
4
1
8
9
2
13
1
FENDER-RH
0.5
B/P
I-9
H-16
C-15
C-39
C-15
H-26
B-27
METER
Circuit Diagram–4 (6VE1 W/O T.O.D.)
D08RW726
F
G
H
6
10
AC GENERATOR
(L)
ILLUMINAITON
CONTROLLER(3)
TAIL RELAY
(4) TURN SIGNAL/
LIGHT SW
BODY-RH
0.85
W/G
0.85
W/G SEAT
BELT
SW
I-9
H-16
1
H-3
8
0.5
R/G
30
0.3
B
0.85
G/B
0.85
G/R 0.85
P/B
1.25
B
1.25
B
20
I-9
H-27
B-19
BODY-LH
B-2
BODY-CTR BODY-RH
B-18
1
6
28
10
I-10
H-27
7
14
I-9
CHARGE METER TURN
-LH TURN
-RH
ODO/
TRIP
METER
METER I-9I-9
H-16 H-27
2
18
0.3
L
0.5
L
2.0
B
2.0
B
2.0
B
0.5
B
I-9
B-24
H-25
1
B-24
SEAT
BELT
B-26
2
Circuit Diagram–5 (6VE1 W/O T.O.D.)
D08RW728
E3128-8
'98/ 2/
'98/ 3/
UBS
BKTGSLDC
FS
9345
I J
0.3
Y/G
0.5
Y/R
0.5
Y/R
BODY-RR
ALARM&RELAY
CONTROL UNIT
FUEL
TANK
UNIT
0.5
B
1.25
B
0.5
B/P
0.3
Y/BR
0.3
Y/BR
0.3
Y/BR 7
17
9
41
19
B-6
6
B-7
DIMMER•
PASSING
SW
FUSE F-4
0.85
R/Y
0.85
R/L
14
15
13
9
I-10
I-10
H-16
H-9
HIGH
BEAM
R-4
F-5
H-33
2
F-5
18
H-46
7
H-33
F-5
H-33
H-46
Circuit Diagram–6 (6VE1 W/O T.O.D.)
D08RW730
BODY-LHBODY-LH
TAIL RELAY
(4)
(W/O SUNROOF)
STARTER SW
(ACC)
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
0.5
B
2.0
B
2.0
B
2.0
B
0.5
P/G
0.5
G/R
0.5
G/R
0.5
O/G
0.5
O/G
3.0
L/B
0.5
P/G
0.5
P/L
0.5
P/L
0.5
P/G
0.5
P/L
0.85
B
4
H-21
4
6
H-21
H-21
H-21
H-7
C-9
L-5
5
8
H-21
2
3
H-7 8
2
C-9 1
L-5
4
L-5
3
L-5 1
1
H-21 3
L-5
B-2B-2
MULTI METER
C-11 10A
AUDIO(ACC), MIRROR
Circuit Diagram–1 (4JX1 W/T.O.D)
D08RY00200
8
C-39
10
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
B
C
A
FENDER-RH
H-4
H-42 7
E-20
2
F
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
1
E-20
5
H-4
H-9
3
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
R/W
SPEEDO-
METER
RESET
SW
TACHOMETER
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
FUEL
GAUGE OIL
PRESSURE
FUSE C-15
3
E-20
12
5
H-9
6
H-4
VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR
I-10
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
1
E-23
1
9
H-24
3
12
H-4
I-10
H-17
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
15
H-9
2
H-4
ECM:J1
(26)
FENDER-RH
9
I-9
0.5
Y/R
14
H-25
20
I-10
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
UNIT
0.85
B/P
0.85
B/P
18
21
H-16
4
C-39
I-10
0.5
LB
0.5
LB
0.5
LB
2
E-12
4
H-4
22
H-9
20
I-9
OIL
PRESSURE
UNIT
8
I-10 METER
ODO/TRIP
METER
A
Circuit Diagram–2 (4JX1 W/T.O.D)
D08RY00201
B
CD
15
18
10
4
2
2
2
16
14
30
26
6
C-10 10A
METER, GAUGE
ECM:J1
(12) SDM
(7) EHCU
(16) ECM:J1
(11)
0.3
Y/G 0.5
V0.5
W/R 0.5
Y0.5
P/W
H-26
I-9
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1)
I-10
H-25
I-10
H-9
I-9
H-62
I-10
H-16
I-9
H-9
FUEL MIL
5
3
TCM(29)
(C-79-11)
0.5
O/L
I-9
H-24
OIL
TEMP
16
6
TCM(30)
(C-79-10)
0.5
O/B
I-9
H-9
CHECK
TRANS
4
28
TCM(28)
(C-79-12)
0.5
P/G
I-9
H-9
WINTER
2
29
TCM(46)
(C-79-22)
0.5
P/W
I-9
H-9
POWER AIR BAG ABS GLOW
METER
MIL:MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
ECU:ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
G
Circuit Diagram–3 (4JX1 W/T.O.D)
D08RY00473
DE
H
18 9
7
B-26
H-25
0.5
B/P 0.5
B/P
0.5
B/P
0.3
L
0.5
L
SEAT
BELT
SW
2.0
B
0.5
B
BODY-CTR
I-9
H-16
SEAT
BELT BRAKE
METER
5
I-9
B-62
1
2
B-62
BRAKE
FLUID
SW
PARKING
BRAKE
SW
VACUUM
SW
C-15
2
1
6
C-15
B-2
2.0
B
BODY-LH
B-18
2.0
B
BODY-RH
0.5
B/P 0.85
B/P
0.5
B
C-68
1
B-27
1
H-26
13
C-39
FENDER-RH
Circuit Diagram–4 (4JX1 W/T.O.D)
D08RY00474
E
H
4
10
AC GENERATOR
(L)
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER(3)
TAIL RELAY
(4)
0.85
W/G
0.85
W/L
I-9
H-16
1
H-3
25
0.5
R/G
0.85
G/R 24
14
I-9
CHARGE METER
ODO/
TRIP
METER
METER I-9
H-16
I
Circuit Diagram–5 (4JX1 W/T.O.D)
D08RY00476
F G
F-5 FUEL
TANK
UNIT
2
H-33
7
H-46
18
B-6
7
B-7
6
0.5
Y/R
0.5
Y/R
0.5
B
0.5
B/P
1.25
B
0.3
Y/G
0.3
Y/BR
0.3
Y/BR
0.3
Y/BR
ALARM & RELAY
CONTROL UNIT
I-10
15
I-10
HIGH
BEAM
H-9
DIMMER •
PASSING
SW
14
9
H-16
0.85
R/L
0.85
R/Y
FUSE F-4
13
F-5
4
H-339
H-46
17
F-5
1
H-33
19
R-4
BODY-RR
I
20
10
TURN
-LH TURN
-RH
B-18
H-27
I-10
I-10
1
H-27
0.85
P/B
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT SW
6
I-9
11
H-27
0.85
G/B
10
0.3
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
BODY-RH
Circuit Diagram–1 (4JX1 W/O T.O.D)
D08RY00205
8
C-39
10
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
B
D
C
A
FENDER-RH
H-4
H-42 7
E-20
2
G
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
1
E-20
5
H-4
H-9
3
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
LG/W
0.5
R/W
SPEEDO-
METER
RESET
SW
TACHOMETER
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
FUEL
GAUGE
OIL
PRESSURE
GAUGE
FUSE C-15
3
E-20
12
5
H-9
6
H-4
VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR
I-10
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
1
E-23
1
4
H-24
3
12
H-4
I-10
H-17
0.5
B/R
0.5
B/R
15
H-9
2
H-4
ECM:J1
(26)
9
I-9
0.5
Y/R
14
H-25
20
I-10
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
UNIT
0.5
Y/V 0.5
LB
0.5
Y/V
0.5
Y/B
1
E-12
17
19
H-9
1
H-4
2
E-12
4
H-4
I-10
OIL
PRESSURE
UNIT
8
I-10 METER
ODO/TRIP
METER
H
A
Circuit Diagram–2 (4JX1 W/O T.O.D)
D08RY00206
B
C
D
E
4
18 22 15
18
10
5
2
24
2
16
14
26
19
15
6
VOLT
METER
C-10 10A
METER, GAUGE
22
C-39
H-16
I-9
ECM:J1
(12)
SDM
(7) EHCU
(16)
ECM:J1
(11)
0.3
Y/G 0.5
V0.5
W/R 0.5
Y0.5
P/W
0.85
B/P
H-26
I-9
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1)
0.5
LB
0.85
B/P
FENDER-RH
I-9
H-9
I-10
H-25
I-9
H-9
I-9
H-62
I-10
H-16
I-9
H-9
911
0.5
V0.3
P/W
H-4 H-4
OIL
PRESSURE FUEL MIL AIR BAG ABS GLOW
METER
MIL:MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT
ECU:ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
H I
Circuit Diagram–3 (4JX1 W/O T.O.D)
D08RY00207
EF
18
2
25
B-26
H-25
TCM(46)
(C-79-22)
0.5
P/W
0.3
L
0.5
L
SEAT
BELT
SW
2.0
B
0.5
B
BODY-CTR
I-9
H-9
SEAT
BELT POWER
4
21
TCM(28)
(C-79-12)
0.5
P/G
I-9
H-9
WINTER
16
3
TCM(30)
(C-79-10)
0.5
O/B
I-9
H-9
CHECK
TRANS OIL
TEMP
5
1
TCM(29)
(C-79-11)
0.5
O/L
0.5
P/W 0.5
P0.5
O/B
A/T
0.5
O/L
I-9
H-24
METER
2
I-9
B-62
1
2
B-62
B-2
2.0
B
BODY-LH
B-18
2.0
B
BODY-RH
Circuit Diagram–4 (4JX1 W/O T.O.D)
D08RY00475
6
10
AC GENERATOR
(L)
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER(3)
TAIL RELAY
(4)
0.85
W/G
0.85
W/L
I-9
H-16
1
H-3
8
0.5
R/G
0.85
G/R 7
14
I-9
CHARGE METER
ODO/
TRIP
METER
METER I-9
H-16
J
F
19
18
9
4
4WD
CONTROL
UNIT(19)
FRT
AXLE
SW(2)
4WD
SW
(1)
0.5
LG 0.5
B/P 0.5
B/P
0.5
B/P
I-9
H-27
I-9
H-16
4WD BRAKE
BRAKE
FLUID
SW
PARKING
BRAKE
SW
VACUUM
SW
C-15
2
1
6
C-15
0.5
B/P 0.85
B/P
0.5
B
C-68
1
B-27
1
H-26
13
C-39
FENDER-RH
Circuit Diagram–5 (4JX1 W/O T.O.D)
D08RY00539
G I
F-5 FUEL
TANK
UNIT
2
H-33
7
H-46
18
B-6
7
B-7
6
0.5
Y/R
0.5
Y/R
0.5
B
0.5
B/P
1.25
B
0.3
Y/G
0.3
Y/BR
0.3
Y/BR
0.3
Y/BR
ALARM & RELAY
CONTROL UNIT
I-10
15
I-10
HIGH
BEAM
H-9
DIMMER·
PASSING
SW
14
9
H-16
0.85
R/L
0.85
R/Y
FUSE F-4
13
F-5
4
H-339
H-46
17
F-5
1
H-33
19
R-4
BODY-RR
L
20
30
TURN
-LH TURN
-RH
B-19
H-27
I-9
I-10
1
H-27
0.85
P/B
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT SW
6
I-9
28
H-27
0.85
G/B
10
0.3
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
BODY-RH
Parts Location (6VE1)
18
19
20
21
22
23 24 25 26
16
15
14
13 12
11
9
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
17
27
D08RW747
Legend
(1) L–5
(2) F–5
(3) H–33
(4) R–4
(5) H–7, H–8, H–9, H–21, H–24
(6) H–46
(7) B–1, B–2
(8) B–27
(9) B–6, B–7 (Alarm and Relay Control Unit)
(10) E-19
(11) H–6
(12) E–2
(13) H–10
(14) C–9
(15) E–1
(16) B–19
(17) H–41
(18) Relay and Fuse Box
(19) C–15
(20) C–39
(21) H–13, H–14, H–15, H–25, H–26, H–27, H–62
(22) Fuse Box
(23) I–10
(24) B–24
(25) I–9
(26) M–10
(27) B–26
Parts Location (4JX1)
17
18
19
20
21
22 23 24 25
15 14 13
12
11
9
8
10
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
16
D08RW749
Legend
(1) L–5
(2) F–5
(3) H–33
(4) R–4
(5) H–7, H–9, H-21, H–24
(6) H–46
(7) B–1, B–2
(8) B–6, B–7 (Alarm and Relay Control Unit)
(9) B–27
(10) B–26
(11) H–4
(12) E–12
(13) E–19
(14) B–19
(15) C–68
(16) H–42
(17) Relay and Fuse Box
(18) C–15
(19) C–39
(20) H–13, H–14, H–15, H–25, H–26, H–27, H–62
(21) Fuse Box
(22) I–10
(23) B–24
(24) I–9
(25) E–20
Diagnosis
1. Speedometer
1-1. Speedometer and Odometer Do Not Function
1-2. Speedometer Does Not Function (Odometer is Normal)
1-3. Odometer Does Not Function (Speedometer is Normal)
1-4. Speedometer Needle Fluctuations (May Be Wide Fluctuation)
1-5. Speedometer Needle Jumps Erratically
2. TACHOMETER
2-1. Tachometer Does Not Function
2-2. Tachometer Needle Fluctuates (May Be Wide Fluctuation)
2-3. Tachometer Needle Jumps Erratically
3. Voltmeter
3-1. Voltmeter Needle Does Not Move
3-2. Voltage Reading Is Too Low (Or High)
4. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Gauge
4-1 Gauge Needle Does Not Move
4-2 Gauge Reading Is Too Low (Or High)
4-3 Needle Overshoots (Goes Up To The “H” Range)
5. Oil Pressure Gauge
5-1 Needle Does Not Move
5-2 Oil Pressure Gauge Reading Is Too Low (Or High)
5-3 Needle Overshoots (Goes Up To 15 (x100 kPa))
6. Fuel Gauge
6-1 Fuel Gauge Needle Does Not Move
6-2 Even When The Tank Is Filled Up With Fuel, The Needle Does Not Reach “F”
6-3 Even When The Tank Is Not Full of Fuel, The Needle Overshoots (Or Goes Up To “F”)
7. W arning/Indicator Light
7-1 When The Parkng Brake Lever Is Pulled, The Indicator Light Does Not Light Up
7-2 Even When The Parking Brake Lever Is Released, The Indicator Light Does Not Go Off
7-3 While The Engine Is Operating, The Oil Pressure W arning Light Does Not Go Off
7-4 Even When The Fuel Tank Is Full With Fuel, The Low Fuel Warning Light Lights Up
7-5 Even When The Fuel Tank Is Empty, The Low Fuel W arning Light Does Not Light Up
General Description
The circuit consists of mode switch, A/T shift indicator
control unit and A/T shift indicator (meter).
A/T shift indicator control unit controls to illuminate A/T
shift indicator light according to signals from mode switch.
A/T Shift Indicator
Circuit Diagram – 1 (6VE1)
D08RY00937
3.0
B/Y
0.85
R/B
0.85
G/R
0.85
R/B
C-3 10A
TURN,BACK
STARTER SW
(IG1)
STARTER SW
(ST)
12
C-93 13
C-93 1
C-93
H-7 17
H-41
TAIL RELAY
(4)
PCM
(E12) PCM
(E7) PCM
(F2)
PCM
(F3) BACK UP
LIGHT STARTER
RELAY
(6)
1
H-53 1
0.5
R/B
0.75
R/B
0.5
L/W 0.5
L/Y 0.5
L/B
0.5
L/W 0.5
L/Y 0.5
L/B
0.5
L/W 0.5
L/Y 0.5
L/B
0.5
Y/G 0.75
R/L 1.25
W/R
1.25
W/L
MODE
SW
M-25 5
6
8
H-11
M-25
A/T SHIFT INDICATOR CONTROL UNIT
2
C-93
H-53 2
M-25 6
3
C-93
H-53 3
M-25 7
H-53 4
M-25 2
H-11 7
M-25 3
H-1016
M-251
M-25 4
H-1015
Circuit Diagram – 2 (6VE1)
D08RW650
0.5
R/G
0.5
R/G
A/T
SHIFT
INDICATOR
(METER)
A/T SHIFT INDICATOR CONTROL UNIT
C-93
11
H-2410
0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
C-93
10
H-24 2
0.5
Y/V
0.5
Y/V
C-93
9
H-24 7
0.5
Y
0.5
Y
C-93
8
H-9 21
0.5
P/W
0.5
P/W
C-93
7
H-9 8
0.5
P/B
0.5
P/B
C-93
6
H-9 18
0.5
Y/G
0.5
Y/G
C-93
5
H-24 4
0.5
YB/R 0.5
B/L
0.5
YB/R
C-93
4
H-2414
1.25
B/L
1.0
B/L
C-93
14
E-30
COMMON CHAMBER
11 I-10 3I-1012 I-9 10 I-1013 I-9 14 I-10 212
PRND32L
I-9 14 I-10
(W/T.O.D.)
13 I-9 13
D32
I-10 I-9
14
H-5
Circuit Diagram–1 (4JX1)
D08RY00335
3.0
B/Y
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
0.5
R/B
C-3 10A
TURN,BACK
STARTER SW
(IG1)
H-7 17
H-4
13
H-3015
ECM
(J2-31) ECM
(J1-21) ECM
(J1-29)
STARTER RELAY
(2)
0.5
Y/V 0.5
R/L 0.5
R/B
0.5
R/G 0.5
R/L 0.5
Y/V
0.5
Y/R
0.5
Y/R
0.5
P/L
0.5
P/L
0.5
P/B
0.5
G/B 0.5
G/B
0.5
B/W
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/R
H-5 4H-3011 H-3012
H-3013
H-42 4
E-29
E-29
3
E-29
3.0
W/G
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/L
0.5
W/R
C-1 10A
STARTER
STARTER
(ST)
H-12 2
H-30
14
1
4
E-29 9
E-29 7
E-29 8
E-29 6
E-29 2
E-29 5
PRND2L B
A B C D E F G
H-4 14 H-3016
MODE SW
Circuit Diagram–2 (4JX1)
D08RY00159
OD-OFF
SW(3) TCM
(9)
H-25
2
0.3
Y/G
0.5
Y/G
H-24
4
0.5
Y/G
0.5
Y/G
I-9
18
H-9
H-27
20
1.25
B
1.25
B
0.3
B
0.5
R/G
10
PRND 2L
I-10
30(W/O T OD)
SHIFT INDICATOR
(METER)
DIODE
I-9 2
X-15
8
H-42
10
H-4
0.5
G/R
0.5
R/L
0.5
G/R
0.5
G/B
0.5
G/B
B-18
BODY-RH
I-10
13
8
H-9
0.5
R/L
I-9
14(W/ T OD)
10(W/ O TOD) 13(W/ TOD)
14(W/ O TOD)
21
H-9
0.5
Y/V
I-10
12
7
H-24
0.5
Y
I-10
3
2
H-24
0.5
P/W
0.5
R/G 0.5
R/G
I-10
11
10
H-24
0.5
P/B
OD-OFF
I-10
2
ILLUMI CONT
A B C D E F G
0.5
R/L 0.5
R/L
TCM
(10) TCM
(31) TCM
(32)
TCM
(11)
TCM
(47) TCM
(48)
0.5
Y/V 0.5
Y/V 0.5
Y/R 0.5
Y/R 0.5
P/L 0.5
P/L
EHCU
(6)
0.5
G/B 0.5
G/B
X-15
3
X-15
1
Parts Location (6VE1)
5
3
4
6
7
9
10
11
12
8
D08RWA10
Legend
(1) I–10
(2) I–9
(3) C–93
(4) H–7, H–8, H–9, H-24
(5) Mode Switch
(6) H–5
(7) H–10, H–11, H–53
(8) E–30
(9) H–41
(10) Relay and Fuse Box
(11) Fuse Box
Parts Location (4JX1)
4
3
5
7
8
10
9
11
12
6
D08RY00330
Legend
(1) I–10
(2) I–9
(3) H–7, H–9, H–24
(4) E–29
(5) H–4, H–5, H–30
(6) H–12
(7) H–42
(8) Relay and Fuse Box (X-15)
(9) B–18
(10) Fuse Box
(11) H–25, H–27
General Description
The circuit consists of pressure switch, A/C switch,
electronic thermostat, blower motor, fan switch, magnetic
clutch of A/C compressor, blower resistor and relay.
The operation of A/C system is controlled by turning A/C
switch on and off. Electronic thermostat and PCM can
stop operation of A/C temporarily by disconnecting
magnetic clutch under the predetermined conditions to
adjust room temperature, preventing abnormal rise of
engine coolant and reduce engine load while A/C is in
operation.
Refer to Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning in
HVAC section.
Heater and Air Conditioning
Circuit Diagram –1 (6VE1)
M
2
B-36
B-36
B-19
1
43
B-36
10
H-13
B-36
1
I-41
1
I-18
5
I-23
4
I-41
6
I-41
3
I-41
HEATER&
A/C RELAY
C-19 25A
BLOWER C-20 10A
AIR CON
BLOWER
RESISTOR
FAN SW
TAIL RELAY
(4)
FL-1 80A
MAIN
STARTER RELAY
(1)
BATT.(+)
BODY-RH
B-1
BODY-LH
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER
(3)
1
H-14
A
B
A
C
2
B-5
2
I-18
1
H-20
5
I-18
3
I-18
6
I-18
4
I-18
3
I-23
2
I-41
1
B-5
2
H-20
16
H-26
0.85
W/G
0.3
B
1.25
B
5.0
W
3.0
W
3.0
L/R
2.0
L/B
0.85
L/W 1.25
L/Y 1.25
L/O 2.0
L/R
2.0
B0.5
R/G
2.0
B
0.3
G/Y 0.85
G/R
3.0
L
2.0
L/B
2.0
L/B
0.5
BR
0.5
BR
D08RWB27
Circuit Diagram –2 (6VE1)
I-23
2
1
I-23
6
I-23
B
C
D
D
E
E
2
X-5
X-5
3
41
X-5
X-5
C-25
1
I-42
1
I-42
3
2
C-25
12
H-41
16
H-16
2
I-42
H-24
13
7
H-16
6
H-41
5
H-41
0.5
BR 0.5
BR
0.5
BR
0.5
G/O
0.5
G/B
0.5
B/R 0.5
B/R
PCM
(E15)
PCM
(B14)
A/C SW
0.5
LG 0.5
LG
0.5
LG
0.5
G/W
0.5
G/W
0.5
G/W
0.5
P/G
0.5
P/G
0.5
P/G
0.3
G/Y
0.3
G/Y
ELECTRONIC
THERMOSTAT
PRESSURE
SW
(CONDENSER)
A/C THERMO
RELAY 2
X-7
X-7
1
43
X-7
X-7
A/C
COMPRESSOR
RELAY
9
1
E-3
7
H-41
H-6
0.5
BR/Y
0.5
BR/Y
0.5
BR/Y
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
D08RWB25
Circuit Diagram –1 (4JX1)
M
2
B-36
B-36
B-19
1
43
B-36
10
H-13
B-36
1
I-41
1
I-18
5
I-23
4
I-41
6
I-41
3
I-41
HEATER&
A/C RELAY
C-19 25A
BLOWER C-20 10A
AIR CON
BLOWER
RESISTOR
FAN SW
TAIL RELAY
(4)
FL-1 80A
MAIN
CHARGE RELAY
(1)
BATT.(+)
BODY-RH
B-1
BODY-LH
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER
(3)
1
H-14
A
B
A
C
2
B-5
2
I-18
1
H-20
5
I-18
3
I-18
6
I-18
4
I-18
3
I-23
2
I-41
1
B-5
2
H-20
16
H-26
0.85
W/G
0.3
B
1.25
B
5.0
W
3.0
W
3.0
L/R
2.0
L/B
0.85
L/W 1.25
L/Y 1.25
L/O 2.0
L/R
2.0
B0.5
R/G
2.0
B
0.3
G/Y 0.85
G/R
3.0
L
2.0
L/B
2.0
L/B
0.5
BR
0.5
BR
D08RWB26
Circuit Diagram –2 (4JX1)
I-23
2
1
I-23
6
I-23
B
C
D
D
E
E
2
X-5
X-5
1
43
X-5
X-5
4
H-17
C-25
1
I-42
1
I-42
3
2
C-25
11
H-41
16
H-16
2
I-42
1
E-27
H-24
13
7
H-16
7
H-41
2
H-6
0.5
BR 0.5
BR
0.5
BR
0.5
G/O
0.5
G/O
0.5
G/O
0.5
G/O
A/C SW
0.5
LG 0.5
LG
0.5
LG
0.5
G/W
0.5
G/W
0.5
G/W
0.5
P/G 0.5
P/G
0.5
P/G
0.3
G/Y
0.3
G/Y
ELECTRONIC
THERMOSTAT
PRESSURE
SW
(CONDENSER)
A/C THERMO
RELAY
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
D08RWB24
Parts Location
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14 15
1234
11
D08RWB28
Legend
(1) I-23
(2) I-18
(3) I-41
(4) I-42
(5) H-20, H-24
(6) B-1
(7) B-5
(8) H-6
(9) E-3
(10) C-25
(11) B-19
(12) H-41
(13) Relay & Fuse Box (X-5, X-7)
(14) H-13, H-14, H-16, H-26
(15) B-36
General Description
The circuit consists of sun roof switch, sun roof control
unit, safety stop switch, limit switch and sun roof motor.
When sun roof switch is tuned on, battery voltage is
applied to sun roof control unit through circuit breaker and
power window relay.
Accordingly, when sun roof switch is set to “Open” or
“Close” position, open or close relay incorporated into the
control unit is activated to change rotational direction of
sun roof motor to open or close sun roof.
Also, operational process (full close → limit stop → full
open → safety stop → full close) of sun roof is controlled
by the control unit in accordance with signals received
from safety stop switch and limit switch.
Sun Roof
Circuit Diagram
D08RW649
2
B-37
B-37
1
43
B-37
B-37
6
H-21
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1) BATT.(+)
C-4 10A
ELEC.
IGN.
C/B-2 30A
P/W, P/S, S/R
0.85
L/W 3.0
B/L
2.0
L/B
2.0
L/B 2.0
L/B
0.5
B
0.5
Y/R
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B
0.5
L/Y 1.25
L1.25
Y
0.5
L/Y
2.0
L/B
0.5
L/W
B-19
BODY-RH
1.25
B
0.3
B
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
SAFETY
STOP
SW
LIMIT
SW
SUN ROOF
SW
SUN ROOF
MOTOR
A
3
H-45
4
H-21
2.0
B
BODY-LH
4
H-23
POWER WINDOW
SW
6
H-45
4
S-5
0.5
B
2.0
B
2.0
B
B
A
B
1
S-2
3
S-2
2
1
5
S-5
2.0
L/B
B-2
L-1
OPEN
CLOSE
0.5
B
L-1 3
L-1
1
H-45 2
H-45
2
S-4
3
S-5
6
S-5
OPEN
SUN ROOF CONTROL UNIT
CLOSE
1
S-5
4
S-4
1
S-3 2
S-3
M
Parts Location
10
4
5
6
3
2
1
7
8
9
11
12
D08RW995
Legend
(1) S–5
(2) S–4
(3) S–3
(4) S–2
(5) H–21
(6) B–2
(7) Fuse Box (B–37)
(8) H–23
(9) B–19
(10) Relay and Fuse Box
(11) L–1
(12) H–45
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
1. Sun Roof Does Not Open
2. Sun Roof Does Not Close
3. Safety Stop Mechanism Does Not Operate Before Sun Roof Closes Completely
4. Limit Switch Mechanism Does Not Operate Before Sun Roof Opens
5. Power Source Circuit Diagnosis
General Description
The circuit consists of power seat switch, front tilt motor
(driver’s seat only), rear tilt motor (driver’s seat only), slide
motor and recliner motor.
Power seat switch has a tilt and slide switch and a recliner
switch. The motor built in the seat can be actuated by
operating these switches to move the seat to desired
position, independent of position of starter switch.
Power Seat
Circuit Diagram–1
D08RW640
A
H-57
C/B-2
3.0
B/L
3.0
B/L
2.0
R
1
T-2 POWER SEAT SW-RH
1
2.0
B
2.0
B
2.0
B
2.0
B2.0
B2.0
B
M
T-1 1
1.25
Y
1.25
Y/B
T-1
T-4 T-4
6
1.25
Y/R 1.25
Y/W
T-1 3
T-1
UP DOWN
8
T-3 RECLINER
MOTOR & SW
-LH
DRIVER'S SEAT
TILT MOTOR
& SW-FRT
3
B
M
T-1 5T-1 10
1.25
L/W
FRT RR
1.25
G/R
SLIDE MOTOR
-LH
T-3 2T-3 121
M
T-1 2
1.25
L
1.25
L/B
T-1
T-6 T-6
7
1.25
L/R 1.25
G
T-1 4
T-1
UP DOWN
9
T-5 DRIVER'S SEAT
TILT MOTOR
& SW-RR
3
T-5
2
T-5
121
M
T-11
3
1.25
W
1.25
B/W
T-11
6
1.25
BR 1.25
LG
T-11
2
T-11
5
T-11
4
H-57
BODY-CTR BODY-LH BODY-RH
4
T-2
2
B-26 B-2 B-18
T-7
1
T-7
2
FRT RR
Circuit Diagram–2
D08RW641
A
H-58
3.0
B/L
2.0
R
1
T-9 POWER SEAT SW-LH
1
M
T-13
1
T-13
2
1.25
G
FRT RR FRT RR
T-9
2.0
B
2.0
B
2.0
B
2
H-58
4
1.25
G/R
M
T-12
3
1.25
W
1.25
B/W
T-12
6
1.25
BR 1.25
LG
T-12
2
T-12
5
T-12
SLIDE MOTOR
-RH RECLINER
MOTOR & SW
-RH
4
B
Parts Location
1
3
4
5
6
8
7
11
12 9
13
10
14
2
D08RW996
Legend
(1) T-6
(2) T-4
(3) T-1
(4) B-2
(5) Fuse Box
(6) H–58
(7) B-26
(8) T–9
(9) T–13
(10) T–12
(11) H–57
(12) T–7
(13) Relay and Fuse Box
(14) B–18
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
Driver Seat
1. Power Seat Does Not Operate At Any Direction
2. Front Tilt Mechanism Does Not Operate
3. Rear Tilt Mechanism Does Not Operate
4. Sliding Mechanism Does Not Operate
5. Reclining Mechanism Does Not Operate
Passenger Seat
1. Power Seat Does Not Operate At Any Direction
2. Sliding Mechanism Does Not Operate
3. Reclining Mechanism Does Not Operate
General Description
The circuit consists of seat heater switch and seat heater
unit.
Seat heater unit is incorporated into front seats.
To prevent from being overheated, seat heater unit has
thermostat.
Seat Heater
Circuit Diagram
D08RW648
HH
H
KK
B-29
STARTER SW
(IG2)
1.25
G/R
0.85
GR/L
0.85
W
0.85
Y/V
0.85
W/R
0.85
B
2.0
B
0.85
G/R
3.0
B/R
C-2 15A
SEAT HEATER
SEAT HEATER SW-RH
2
3
B-29
4
B-29
1
B-29
5
H-57
2
H-57
BA
HH
H
KK
B-31
0.85
L/G
0.85
W
0.85
Y/G
0.85
W/R
0.85
B
0.85
B/W
0.85
B
SEAT HEATER SW-LH SEAT
HEATER-RH
2
3
B-31 SEAT CUSHION
SEAT
BACK
4
B-31
1
B-31
5
H-58
2
H-58
DC
B-26
BODY-CTR
2.0
B
B-2
BODY-LH
2.0
B
B-18
BODY-RH
T-8 4
H-57
3
3
T-8
1
T-8
0.85
W0.85
W/R
A B
0.85
B/W
0.85
B
SEAT
HEATER-LH
SEAT CUSHION
SEAT
BACK
T-104
H-58
3
3
T-10
1
T-10
0.85
W0.85
W/R
C D
Parts Location
4
1
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
11
2
D08RW993
Legend
(1) B–26
(2) H–58
(3) B–2
(4) T–10
(5) Fuse Box
(6) B–31
(7) B–29
(8) H–57
(9) T–8
(10) Relay and Fuse Box
(11) B–18
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
1. Seat Heater on Both Sides Does Not Heat Up
2. Seat Heater on The Driver (Or Passenger) Side Does Not Heat Up
3. Heat (Or Keep) Position Does Not Heat Up
General Description
The circuit consists of Sensing and Diagnostic Module
(SDM), driver’s air bag assembly, SRS coil assembly,
passenger’s air bag assembly, and “AIR BAG” warning
light. SDM, SRS coil assembly (driver side only), driver air
bag assembly, passenger air bag assembly and
connector wire make up the deployment loops. The
function of the deployment loops is to supply current
through air bag assembly, which will cause deployment
of the air bags in the event of a frontal crash of sufficient
force, up to 30 degrees off the center line of the vehicle.
The air bag assemblies are only supplied enough current
to deploy when the SDM detects vehicle velocity changes
severe enough to warrant deployment.
The SDM contains a sensing device which converts
vehicle velocity changes to an electrical signal.
The electrical signal generated is processed by the SDM
and then compared to a value stored in memory. When
the generated signal exceeds the stored value, the SDM
will cause current to flow through the air bag assembly
deploying the air bags.
Refer to Supplemental Restraint System in Restraints
section.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) – Air Bag
Circuit Diagram (6VE1)
D08RW605
PASSENGER
INFLATOR
MODULE DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
I-9
24
SRS
WARNING
LIGHT
(METER)
SDM
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1)
C-21 10A
0.5
L/Y
FUSE C-10
I-9
15
H-62
2
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/R
0.75
B/R
U-5
7
I-9
2
SRS
WARNING
LIGHT
(METER)
0.5
L/Y
FUSE C-10
(W/T.O.D)
I-9
26
H-62
2
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/R
U-5
7
0.75
Y0.75
Y/B
U-5
3
U-6 2
U-5
4
U-6
SRS COIL
ASSEMBLY
DRIVER
INFLATOR
MODULE
1
U-5
12
0.75
Y/G 0.75
Y/R
0.5
B
U-5
15
U-1 1
•Terminals marked with a star ( ) are gold plated.
U-5
16
U-1
BODY-FRT COMMON
CHAMBER
2
U-5
6
U-5
0.5
GR
0.5
GR
0.5
B/L
1.0
B/L
1.25
B/L
1
H-612
13
U-2
C-63
U-5
0.5
O
0.5
GR 0.5
O
0.5
O
24
H-611
H-652H-651
9
C-63
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/W
H-7
FUSE C-14
9
16
C-63
5
C-63
E-30
H-5
14
0.5
B/L
C-634
Circuit Diagram (4JX1)
D08RY00911
PASSENGER
INFLATOR
MODULE DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
I-9
24
SRS
WARNING
LIGHT
(METER)
SDM
3.0
B/Y
STARTER SW
(IG1)
C-21 10A
0.5
L/Y
FUSE C-10
I-9
15
H-62
2
0.5
W/R
0.5
W/R
0.75
B/R
U-5
7
0.75
Y0.75
Y/B
U-5
3
U-6 2
U-5
4
U-6
SRS COIL
ASSEMBLY
DRIVER
INFLATOR
MODULE
1
U-5
12
0.75
Y/G 0.75
Y/R
0.5
B
U-5
15
U-1 1
•Terminals marked with a star ( ) are gold plated.
U-5
16
U-1
BODY-FRT
2
U-5
6
U-5
0.5
GR
0.5
GR
3.0
B/P
0.85
B/P
1.0
B/P
1
H-612
13
U-2
C-63
U-5
0.5
O
0.5
GR 0.5
O
0.5
O
24
H-611
H-652H-651
9
C-63
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/W
H-7
FUSE C-14
9
16
C-63
5
C-63
E-4
H-5
6
0.5
B
FENDER
-LH ENGINE
C-63
C-16
7
4
Parts Location (6VE1)
14
12345
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
D08RW622
Legend
(1) I–9
(2) U–2
(3) U–5
(4) U–1
(5) H–7, H–65
(6) C–16
(7) C–63
(8) H–5
(9) E–30
(10) U–6
(11) Fuse Box
(12) Relay and Fuse Box
(13) H–61, H–62
(14) Fuse Box (C–21)
Parts Location (4JX1)
14
12345
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
D08RW991
Legend
(1) I–9
(2) U–2
(3) U–5
(4) U–1
(5) H–7, H–65
(6) C–16
(7) C–63
(8) H–5
(9) E–4
(10) U–6
(11) Fuse Box
(12) Relay and Fuse Box
(13) H–61, H–62
(14) Fuse Box (C–21)
Shift on the Fly System
Circuit Diagram – 1
D08RY00487
4WD CONTROL UNIT
E-30
1.0
B/L
0.5
B/L
1.25
B/L
COMMON
CHAMBER
16
C-94
14
H-5
7
C-16
0.5
B
FENDER-LH
16
(4JX1)
C-94
4
I-12
8
5
H-9
3.0
B/Y
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.85
L/W
0.5
R/W 0.3
R/G
0.85
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.85
G/R
0.5
R/W
C-4 15A
ELEC.IGN.
4WD SW
(INSTRUMENT
PANEL)
STARTER SW
(IG1)
20
H-25 14
H-16
7
H-12
6
I-12
17
C-94
TAIL RELAY
(4)
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER(3)
3
I-12
2
I-12
C-94
INDICATOR/
WARNING LIGHT
(METER)
3.0
B/Y
C-10 10A
METER,GAUGE
STARTER SW
(IG1)
19
C-94
18
H-7
19
H-27
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
LG
0.5
LG
0.5
LG
0.85
W/G
AC GENERATOR
(L)
18
I-9
15
I-9
6
I-9
4WD
CHARGE
H-26 6
Circuit Diagram – 2 (6VE1)
D08RW638
VSV;
FRT AXLE(C) VSV;
FRT AXLE(D) FRT AXLE
SW 4WD SW
(TRANSFER)
ACTUATOR
(TRANSFER)
4WD CONTROL UNIT
FENDER-LH
EHCU
(9)
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y 0.5
L/Y
0.5
B0.5
B0.5
B0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
B
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B 0.85
GR
0.75
GR
0.85
GR/L
0.75
GR/L 0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
0.5
R
0.5
R
0.5
Y
0.5
Y
0.5
B
0.85
B
0.5
L/Y
2
H-10
3
C-16
14
H-10
M-26
8
C-16
FENDER-LH
3
H-10
2
M-23
14
C-94
15
C-94
9
C-94
1
M-23
0.5
P
EHCU : ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
0.5
LG
10
H-12
20
C-94
H-15 9
2
M-24
1
M-24
2
5
M-22
1
M-22
H-10
10
C-94
1
1
1
M-12
M-11
H-10
5
C-94
3
7
4
H-10
M-26 M-26 M-26 M-26
4
C-94
2
8
H-10
21
C-94
6
13
H-10
22
C-94
5
10
H-10
Circuit Diagram – 2 (4JX1)
D08RW840
VSV;
FRT AXLE(C) VSV;
FRT AXLE(D) FRT AXLE
SW 4WD SW
(TRANSFER)
ACTUATOR
(TRANSFER)
4WD CONTROL UNIT
FENDER-LH
EHCU
(9)
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y 0.5
L/Y
0.5
B0.5
B
0.5
B/P 0.5
B/P
3.0
B/P
0.5
Y/B
0.5
Y/B 0.85
GR
0.8
Y
0.85
GR/L
0.8
Y/R 0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
0.5
R
0.5
R
0.5
Y
0.5
Y
0.5
B
0.85
B
0.5
L/Y
4
H-60
3
C-16
E-19
E-4
ENGINE
1
H-60
2
P-18
14
C-94
15
C-94
9
C-94
1
P-18
0.5
P
EHCU : ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
0.5
LG
10
H-12
20
C-94
H-15 9
2
P-19
1
P-19
2
3
P-17
1
P-17
H-60
10
C-94
1
16
1
E-18
E-17
H-6
5
C-94
3
10
4
H-6
E-19 E-19 E-19 E-19
4
C-94
2
12
H-6
21
C-94
6
5
H-6
22
C-94
5
7
H-6
Parts Location (6VE1)
2
1
16
15
14
13
12
11
10 9876
5
4
3
C08RW624
Legend
(1) I–9
(2) I–12
(3) H–9
(4) C–16
(5) M–26
(6) M–11, M–12
(7) M–22
(8) M–23
(9) M–24
(10) H–10
(11) C–94
(12) H–12
(13) H–41
(14) Relay and Fuse Box
(15) H–15, H–25
(16) Fuse Box
Parts Location (4JX1)
15
123
14
13
12
11 10 9
8
6
5
4
7
D08RW831
Legend
(1) I–9
(2) E–17
(3) E–18
(4) H–7
(5) C–16
(6) H–6
(7) P–17
(8) P–18
(9) P–19
(10) E–4
(11) Battery (+) Cable
(12) H–41, H-60
(13) Relay and Fuse Box (X–18)
(14) H–13, H–15, H–26, H–27
(15) Fuse Box
Torque on Demand (T.O.D.)
Circuit Diagram – 1
D08RY00251
3.0
B/Y
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.5
L/W
0.85
G/R
0.5
B/W
0.3
R/G 0.5
BR/R 0.5
BR/G 0.5
BR 0.5
BR/Y 0.5
BR/W 0.5
R
0.5
BR/R 0.5
BR/G 0.5
BR 0.5
BR/Y 0.5
BR/W 0.5
R
0.5
B/W
0.5
L/W
C-4 15A
ELEC.IGN.
4WD
SW
BRAKE
SW
STOP
LIGHT
SW
T.O.D. INDICATOR
(METER)
T.O.D. CONTROL UNIT
TAIL RELAY
(4)
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER
(3)
1
B-67 7
B-68
9
H-25
3.0
B/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
C-10 10A
METER,GAUGE
STARTER SW
(IG1)
STARTER SW
(IG1)
6
I-12
4I-12
2
I-12
3
I-12
20
H-25
17
B-68
5.0
W
0.85
G/W
C-14 15A
STOP,
A/T CONT.
BATT.(+)
STOP LIGHT
2
B-68
5
H-27
26
I-9
15
I-9
15
B-68
9
H-27
21
I-9
14
B-68
2
H-27
22
I-9
13
B-68
15
H-27
23
I-9
16
B-68
3
H-27
16
I-9
18
B-68
16
H-25 7
H-32
17
I-9
6
H-26
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/W (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
B-13
1
B-13
4
B-14
1
B-14
2
RR 1 2 3 AUTO CHECK
A
Circuit Diagram – 2
D08RW611
FRT AXLE
SW
T.O.D. CONTROL UNIT
3
C-16
FENDER-LH
M-22
0.5
L/Y
0.5
G
0.5
G/W 0.5
G/R 0.5
G/Y 0.5
LB
0.5
G/R
0.5
G
0.5
G0.5
G
0.5
G/W 0.5
G/R 0.5
G/R 0.5
G/Y
0.5
LB
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
BR/R
0.5
P
0.5
Y
0.5
Y
0.5
B0.5
B
0.5
B
0.85
B
0.5
L/Y
2
M-22
5
H-10
122
B-68 5
H-1210
H-10 2
M-23
1
M-23
3
H-10
B-67 5
H-7 2
FRT SPEED
SENSOR
(TRANSFER)
RR SPEED
SENSOR
(TRANSFER)
CLUTCH
SOLENOID
(TRANSFER)
M-24
1
M-24
2
A-3
3
H-49
B-67 7
6
A-3
14
H-49
B-6812
10
A-3
13
H-49 2
H-49 7
H-49
B-6710
5
A-3
9
A-3 1
A-3
12
H-49
B-6811
8
A-3
H-49
B-67 4
4
VSV;
FRT AXLE(C) VSV;
FRT AXLE(D)
Circuit Diagram – 3
D08RY00211
4H SW
(TRANSFER)
T.O.D. CONTROL UNIT
7
A-3
TRANSFER
9
H-49
A-3
0.5
B/L
0.85
B
4
A-3
6
H-49
5
H-49
3
H-49 8
B-67
0.85
B
0.5
GR/R
0.5
GR/L
0.5
GR/L
0.5
B
0.5
B/L
0.5
GR/R
12 B-68 3B-68 4B-6711 B-67 6
4L SW
(TRANSFER)
12
A-3
H-8 4
13
H-5
E-30
1.25
B/L
1.0
B/L
E-29
3
E-5 2
E-5
14
H-5
5
H-6
COMMON
CHAMBER
COMMON
CHAMBER
B-68 9
H-7 6
C-63
C-63C-63
B-6810
H-8
7C-63
B-68 8
H-8
8
54
C-63
H-7
16
819
B
B
A
B-67 9
0.5
B/L
0.5
B/L 0.5
B/L
0.85
R/W 0.85
R/W
0.85
R/W
0.5
R/W
0.85
L
0.75
L
0.8
L0.8
R
0.8
G
0.5
B/L
0.5
B/P
0.5
B/L 0.5
B/L
0.5
O/B 0.3
W
0.3
W0.85
G/W
0.85
G/W
0.5
O/B
B-68 9
H-7
3
6
1.25
B/P
1.0
B/R
0.75
L
PCM
(E8)
PCM
(A1)
PCM
(D8)
6
B-68
EHCU
(27)
1
E-5
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
(6VE1)
ECM
(J1-22)
(4JX1)
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
20
H-15
1
B-68
TAIL RELAY
(3)
3
H-15
0.3
G0.5
LG/R 0.5
P3
B-67
EHCU
(9) EHCU : ELECTRONIC
HYDRAULIC
CONTROL UNIT
9
H-15
H-6
Parts Location
1
2345
8
7
9
1011
12131415
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
6
D08RW621
Legend
(1) I–9
(2) B–13 or B–14
(3) H–12
(4) I–12
(5) A–3
(6) H–7, H–8
(7) H–32
(8) C–16
(9) H–5, H–6
(10) C–63
(11) H–49
(12) M–22
(13) M–23
(14) M–24
(15) H–10
(16) E–5
(17) E–29
(18) H–42
(19) E–30
(20) Battery
(21) H–13, H–15, H–26
(22) Fuse Box
(23) B–67, B–68
General Description
The circuit consists of the starter switch, the TCM, the
mode switch, the stoplight switch, the speed sensor, the
overdrive off switch, the power & winter switch, the
transmission oil temperature sensor, the solenoid-1, the
solenoid-2, the lock up solenoid, the input revolution
sensor and the pressure control solenoid.
The TCM is the control unit for the vehicle with automatic
transmission, which suitably controls the shift toward the
various driving situation of vehicle. It bases on the shift
characteristics set up in advance and the lock up
operation values, when having problems in transmission
or each sensor, the TCM flashes the CHECK TRANS light
to warn the driver of malfunction and has a diagnostic
function by TECH-2.
Refer to Automatic Transmission in Automatic
Transmission section.
Transmission Control Module (TCM)
Circuit Diagram–1 (W/T.O.D)
D08RY00907
5.0
W
0.5
G/W
0.5
G/W
0.85
B/Y
0.5
B/Y
0.85
B/Y
0.5
B/Y 0.5
P/W
0.5
P/W
0.5
P
0.5
P/G
0.5
O/B
0.5
O/B
0.5
O/L
0.5
O/L
0.5
L/W
0.5
Y/G 0.5
Y/G
0.5
Y/G 0.3
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
0.3
Y/G
3.0
B/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
BATTERY(+) STARTER SW
(IG1) STARTER SW
(IG1)
F-10
10A
ECT
3.0
B/Y
C-4 15A
ELEC. IGN.
C-8 15A
ENGINE
I-9
29
H-266
H-9
2
I-9
26
C-79
22
C-10 10A
METER, GAUGE
C-78
20
C-78
13
H-42
2
H-9
4
C-79
12
H-9
16
C-79
10
H-24
5
C-79
11
I-9
28
I-9
6I-9 3
C-79
3
H-24
4
METER
BODY-RH
OD-OFF
SW
METER
(OD-OFF)
A/T OIL
TEMP
CHECK
TRANS
WINTERPOWER
H-712
B-35
4
3
B-35
2
H-25
2
10
I-10
20
H-27
I-10
B-18
(9)
OD2
TCM
(46)
PL
(33)
IGN
(12)
+B (28)
WL (30)
TML (29)
OIL
Circuit Diagram–1 (W/O T.O.D)
D08RY00908
5.0
W
0.5
G/W
0.5
G/W
0.85
B/Y
0.5
B/Y
0.85
B/Y
0.5
B/Y 0.5
P/W
0.5
P/W
0.5
P
0.5
P/G
0.5
O/B
0.5
O/B
0.5
O/L
0.5
O/L
0.5
L/W
0.5
Y/G 0.5
Y/G
0.5
Y/G 0.3
B
1.25
B
1.25
B
0.3
Y/G
3.0
B/Y
0.5
L/Y
0.5
L/Y
BATTERY(+) STARTER SW
(IG1) STARTER SW
(IG1)
F-10
10A
ECT
3.0
B/Y
C-4 15A
ELEC. IGN.
C-8 15A
ENGINE
I-9
25
H-266
H-9
2
I-9
15
C-79
22
C-10 10A
METER, GAUGE
C-78
20
C-78
13
H-42
2
H-9
4
C-79
12
H-9
16
C-79
10
H-24
5
C-79
11
I-9
21
I-9
3
I-9
1
C-79
3
H-24
4
METER
BODY-RH
OD-OFF
SW
METER
(OD-OFF)
A/T OIL
TEMP
CHECK
TRANS
WINTERPOWER
TCM
H-712
B-35
4
3
B-35
2
H-25
2
30
I-10
20
H-27
I-9
B-18
(46)
PL
(33)
IGN
(12)
+B (28)
WL (30)
TML (29)
OIL (9)
OD2
Circuit Diagram–2
D08RY00479
C-78
18
TCM
B-14
0.85
G/W
5.0
WC-14 15A
STOP, A/T CONT
STOP LIGHT
SW
BATTERY(+)
STOP LIGHT
CAR SPEED
SENSOR
(3)
B-14
H-128
H-32
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y
0.5
G/Y
0.5
G/Y
C-79
7
0.5
LG/W
7
1
2
H-4 6
ECM
(J1-26) ECM
(J1-6)
C-79
15
0.5
B/R
H-4 2
ECM
(J2-22)
C-79
28
0.5
B
H-512
ECM
(J1-4)
C-79
19
0.5
R
H-511
C-79
6
0.5
R/L
H-302
C-79
5
0.5
G
H-513
C-79
(35)
BK (5)
SPI (25)
NE
(40)
A GND (21)
VREF (6)
VTH (7)
NCO (23)
NCOG
17
0.5
R
0.5
G0.5
R
3.0
B/P
H-514
21
E-49
INPUT REVOLUTION
SENSOR
E-49
E-4
ENG
H-5
6
H-515
Circuit Diagram–3
D08RY00909
TCM
C-63
16
45
C-63
2
C-63
11
C-78
6
C-79
24
C-79
23
H-8
11
B-30
1
C-63 C-63
0.5
O/G
0.85
G/W
0.85
B/P
0.5
B0.5
B
2.0
B2.0
B2.0
B
0.3
O/G
0.5
P/G
0.5
V/R
FUSE
C-14
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
C-79
13
C-79
4
H-30
7
E-31
SPEED
SENSOR
(T/M)
POWER/
WINTER
SW
PW
TAIL RELAY
(4)
ILLUMINATION
CONTROLLER(3)
FENDER-LH BODY-LH BODY-RHBODY-CTR
1
E-312
B-30
4
B-30
2
H-8
12
B-30
3
B-30
5
0.5
Y/G
0.3
G0.3
G/Y
0.3
G/B
0.3
G
0.5
V/G 0.85
G/R
0.3
R/G
H-5
6
E-4
0.5
B/P
3.0
B/P
ENG
B-2 B-26 B-18
C-16
7
C-79
BUS+
(19) DIAG
(44) PWR
(45) WTR
(27) SP2+
(8) SP2G
(24)
16
H-30
1
Circuit Diagram–4
D08RY00153
TCM
H-30
3
H-5
6
18
0.3
L
0.3
L
3.0
B/P
0.5
B/P
0.5
B/P
0.5
B/P
0.85
B/P
0.3
L/B
0.3
L/B
0.5
BR/B
0.5
BR/B
0.5
BR/R
0.5
BR/R
0.5
BR/W
0.5
BR/W
C-79
OT2
(22)
19
C-78
15
C-78
GND
(34)
GND
(38)
H-30
9
27
C-79
OT2G
(41)
H-30
6
4
C-78
S1
(1)
E-30
1
2
E-30
4
E-32
SOLENOID-1
T/M
OIL TEMP
SENSOR
H-30
5
3
C-78
S2
(2)
8
E-32
SOLENOID-2
H-30
4
12
C-78
S3
(13)
7
E-32
LOCK UP
SOLENOID
E-4
ENG
Circuit Diagram–5
D08RY00910
H-30
8
0.5
BR/R
0.5
BR/R
0.5
BR/W
11
C-78
(14)
H-30
10
0.5
BR/W
8
C-78
STHG
(17)
TCM
A/T SHIFT
INDICATOR
(METER)
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID
I-10
11
2
C-79
10
H-24
(10)
H-27
20
1.25
B
1.25
B
0.3
B
0.5
R/G
0.5
R/G
0.5
R/G
30
L2DNRP
I-9
10 (W/TOD)
BODY-RH
I-10
B-18
I-10
3
1
C-79
2
H-24
(11)
0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
I-10
12
9
C-79
7
H-24
(31)
0.5
Y/V
0.5
Y/V
0.5
Y/V
I-9
8
C-79
21
H-9
(32)
0.5
Y
0.5
Y/R
0.5
Y/R
I-10
13
21
C-79
8
H-9
(47)
0.5
P/W
0.5
P/L
0.5
P/L
0.5
G/B
I-9
20
C-79
18
H-9
(48)
0.5
P/B 14
13 (W/ TOD) 10
14(W/TOD)
0.5
G/B
12
H-30
0.5
G/B
(9)
11
H-30
0.5
P/L
0.5
P/L
0.5
PB
(7)
4
H-5
0.5
Y/R
0.5
Y/R
(8)
16
H-30
MODE SW
0.5
Y/V
0.5
R/B 0.5
Y/V
(6)
14
H-4
0.5
R/L
0.5
R/L
(2)
15
H-30
0.5
R/G
(5)
E-32
2
6
E-32
General Description
The circuit consists of the tail relay, the RR sub light relay-
RH, the RR sub light relay-LH and trailer harness
connector.
When towing the trailer, the battery voltage is applied to
the tail light, the stop light and the turn signal light of the
trailer by connecting the trailer harness connector with the
connector of the trailer.
Trailer Harness Connector
Circuit Diagram
D08RY00482
5.0
W
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/B
0.85
G/B
BATT(+) COMBINATION SW
B-12 (4) COMBINATION SW
B-12 (5) RR FOG
RELAY (4)
F-1 10A
RR SUB
3.0
W
0.3
G
0.85
R/B 0.85
R/B
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/O
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
0.85
G/R
0.85
O/B
BATT(+)
F-12 15A
TAIL
2
R-15
8
H-15
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/O
0.85
G/O
0.85
G/W
0.85
G/W
0.85
P/L 0.3
B
0.3
B0.85
P/L
RR SUB LIGHT
RELAY-LH
TRAILER
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
16
H-46
R-15
BODY-RR
1
43
R-15
21
H-32
R-15
2
R-14
RR SUB LIGHT
RELAY-RH
TAIL
RELAY
R-14
43
R-14
2
H-59
7
H-44
TURN-LH TURN-RH STOP RR FOG
1
H-59
0.85
G/Y
0.85
G/Y 1.25
BR/Y
1.25
BR/Y
1.25
B
1.25
B
10
H-33
352
LICENSETAIL
4
H-44
1
R-14
0.85
P/B
0.85
P/B
COMBINATION SW
B-12 (8)
22
H-32
0.85
BR/Y
0.85
BR/Y
14
H-15
4
H-46
R-4
2
X-9
X-9
1
43
X-9
6
18
H-33
10
H-32
1
H-44
H-44H-44H-44 H-44
17
H-33
9
H-32
4
H-15
X-9
8
H-33
H-33
20
Parts Location
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
D08RY00329
Legend
(1) H–44
(2) H–33, H–59
(3) R–4
(4) R–14, R–15
(5) H–32, H–46
(6) Relay and Fuse Box (X–9)
(7) H–15
No. Connector face No. Connector face
A-1
A-2
A-3
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
12 11 10 9
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
NOT USED
NOT USED
Connector List
No. Connector face No. Connector face
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
B-10
B-11
B-12
B-13
B-14
B-15
B-16
B-17
B-18
B-19
B-20
12
1234 5678
1234
5678
16 654
14131211
321
98710 15
15 123
78910 16
456
12131411
2
34
1
12
123
1
2
123
1 2 3
4 5 6
123
1
2
1
8
2
9
3
10
4
11
5
12
6
13
7
14
1
11 2
12
3
13
4
14
5
15
6
16
10
9
2019
8
18
7
17
2 1
12345678
9 10111213141516
1
2
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
B-21
B-22
B-23
B-24
B-25
B-26
B-27
B-28
B-29
B-30
B-31
B-32
B-33
B-34
B-35
B-36
B-37
B-38
B-39
B-40
1
32
4
1
3456
2
12
2 1
3214
1234
12
34
12
34
12
34
1234
13 14
5678910
15 16 17 18 19 20
11 12 21 22
12
1
1 2
3 4
1 2 3
4 5 6
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
B-41
B-42
B-43
B-44
B-45
B-46
B-47
B-48
B-49
B-50
B-51
B-52
B-53
B-54
B-55
B-56
B-57
B-59
B-60
B-61
654
14131211
321
98710
123
78910 11
4
12
5
13
6
14
13
2
1098765
4321
12
5678910
34
3
5867
4
12
321
85467
1
3
2
645
NOT USED NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
—
No. Connector face No. Connector face
B-62
B-63
B-64
B-65
B-66
B-67
B-68
B-69
321
123
1
62
73
89 4
11 5
12
10
1
92
10 3
11 12
414 5
15 6
16 7
17 8
18
13
12
56
34
897
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-4
C-5
C-6
C-7
C-8
C-9
C-10
C-11
C-12
C-13
C-14
C-15
C-16
C-17
C-18
C-19
C-20
21
1 2
2 1
1
2
1234
5678
43
87
2
6
1
5
1
2
1
1
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7A8 A9
A10A11A12 A13A14 A15A16
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9
B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9
C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
D10D11D12 D13 D14 D15D16
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9
E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E16
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9
F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
12
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
C-21
C-22
C-23
C-24
C-25
C-26
C-27
C-28
C-29
C-30
C-31
C-32
C-33
C-34
C-35
C-36
C-37
C-38
C-39
C-40
12
34
564
231
12
12
564
231
1
32
1
2
1
2
1
2
1234
123
456
3
62
51
4
1234
5678
43
87
2
6
1
5
1
32
12
34
12
34
12
34
1
4
2
5
3
6
12
12
1
1
12
1
4
2
5
3
6
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
C-41
C-42
C-43
C-44
C-45
C-46
C-51
C-52
C-53
C-54
C-55
C-56
C-57
C-58
C-59
C-60
C-61
C-62
C-63
C-64
2 1
1
23
4
1
1
1 2
87654321
161514131211109
1 2
12
12
1
23
4
C-50
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
~
No. Connector face No. Connector face
C-65
C-66
C-67
C-68
C-69
C-70
C-71
C-74
C-75
C-78
C-79
C-80
C-85
C-86
C-87
C-88
C-89
C-93
C-94
12
123 456
12 1310 11 19
20
14 15 18
22 2321 25 26 27 2824
17169
7
8
12
21
312
20191817161514131211
10987654321
123
78910 11
4
12
5
13
6
14
1
14
2
15
3
16
4
17
5
18
6
19
7
20
8
21
9
22
10
23
11
24
12
25
13
26
12
1 2
12 34
5 6 12 1310 11
19 2014 15 181716
978
12
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
C-84
C-92C-73
C-77
1234
13 14
5678910
15 16 17 18 19 20
11 12 21 22
~~
~~
No. Connector face No. Connector face
D-1
D-2
D-3
D-4
D-5
D-6
D-7
D-8
D-9
D-10
D-11
D-12
D-13
D-14
D-15
D-16
D-17
D-18
D-19
D-20
21
123
84567
12
1 2
21
12 3
8
4567
123
84567
12
12
1098765
4321
12
34
12
34
3
12
12
12
12
34
1 2
21
1
2
1 2
12 3
8
4567
12
1098765
4321
12
34
12
34
12
12
3
12
12
34
1
2
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
D-21
D-22
D-23
D-24
D-25
D-26
D-27
D-28
D-29
D-30
12
12
12
34
1
3456
2
12
1 2
21
12
34
1
3456
2
12
10
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
5
NOT USED
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
E-1
E-1
E-2
E-2
E-3
E-3
E-4
E-4
E-5
E-5
E-6
E-6
E-7
E-7
E-8
E-8
E-9
E-9
E-10
E-11
1
1234
1 2
312
123
456
21
123
1234
567
1234 567
12345
678910
1 2
12
12345678910111213141516
17181920212223242526272829303132
1
12345678910111213141516
17181920212223242526272829303132
1
1
2
5
1
3
4
1
1
3
12
321
(6VE1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(6VE1)
No. Connector face No. Connector face
E-11
E-12
E-12
E-13
E-13
E-14
E-14
E-15
E-16
E-17
E-18
E-19
E-19
E-20
E-20
E-21
E-22
E-23
E-24
E-24
12
1
1
1
1
456
123
12
123
21
12
1
12
231
1
12
12
12
321
1
12
2
1
12
1
(4JX1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(6VE1)
(4JX1)
No. Connector face No. Connector face
E-25
E-25
E-26
E-26
E-27
E-27
E-28
E-28
E-29
E-29
E-30
E-30
E-31
E-32
E-32
E-33
E-34
E-37
E-38
E-39
21
12
1 2 3
21 3 4 5
56 7 8 9
1234
10
12 4
56 87
3
213
12
12
12
1 2
231
1
1
312
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
NOT USED
E-36
213
213
~
No. Connector face No. Connector face
E-40
E-41
E-42
E-43
E-44
E-45
E-49
1
213
213
213
12
12
1
2
1
No. Connector face No. Connector face
F-1
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9
21
12
12
12
12
12
12
34
123
NOT USED
NOT USED
12
34
12
34
12
34
12
34
No. Connector face No. Connector face
G-1
G-2
G-3
G-4
G-5
G-6
G-7
G-8
G-9
12
2 1
1
2
1
12
34
12
34
12
34
3214
1
2 1
12
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
H-1
H-2
H-3
H-3
H-4
H-4
H-5
H-5
H-6
H-7
H-8
H-9
H-10
H-11
H-12
H-13
H-14
H-15
H-16
H-17
1
2 1
3
21
1
4
8
12
3
7
11
2
6
10
1
5
9
4321
8765
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
43 21
12111098765
1314151617181920
1
4
10
3
95 6
11 12
2
7
13 8
14
7
13
8
14 6 5
12 11
1
4
10 3
9
2
12345
1112131415
678910
181920212216 17
10 9876 54321
2221201918 151413121117 16
1234
5678
9101112
13 14 15 16
4321
8765
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
1234
5678
9101112
4
8
12
3
7
11
2
6
10
1
5
9
1098765
4321
12
5678910
34
15 123
78910 16
456
12131411
16 654
14131211
321
98710 15
1
2
1
2
20
12
19
11
18
10
17
9
16
8
15
7
14
6
13
5
12 34
43 21
12111098765
1314151617181920
1718161514
7865
121311109
4132
5678
15161718 14
2341
10111213 9
1234
5678
9101112
13 14 15 16
4321
8765
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
1
1 2
3
12
1
1234
5678
9101112
13 14 15 16
4321
8765
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
1234
56789
11 12 13 14
15 16
10
4321
98765
13 12 11 10
16 15
14
1234
5678
9101112
13 14 15 16
4321
8765
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
1234
5678
9101112
1234
5678
9101112
13 14 15 16
20
12
19
11
18
10
17
9
16
8
15
7
14
6
13
5
12 34
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(6VE1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
(4JX1)
4JX1
(
’00.0~
)
No. Connector face No. Connector face
H-18
H-19
H-20
H-21
H-22
H-23
H-24
H-25
H-26
H-27
H-28
H-29
H-30
H-31
H-32
H-33
H-34
H-35
H-36
H-37
5678
15161718 14
2341
10111213 9
8
37
26 5 4
1
2
41
3
123
84567
10 9876 54321
2221201918 151413121117 16
9876
2019181716
5
1415
4
13
3
12
2
11
1
10
43 21
12111098765
1314151617181920
1
3456
2
2
6543
1
1 2
3
2 1
3
1234
5678
9101112
13 14 15 16
4321
8765
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
1
2
2
1
12345
1112131415
678910
181920212216 17
10 9876 54321
2221201918 151413121117 16
20
12
19
11
18
10
17
9
16
8
15
7
14
6
13
5
12 34
43 21
12111098765
1314151617181920
1
3456
2
2
6543
1
1 2
3
2 1
3
1 2
34
2
41
3
1718161514
7865
121311109
4132
4
15 6 7
28
3
1 2
34
12 3
8
4567
1718161514
7865
121311109
4132
5678
15161718 14
2341
10111213 9
4
15 6 7
28
3
8
37
26 5 4
1
15 123
78910 16
456
12131411
16 654
14131211
321
98710 15
12345
1112131415
6 7 8 9 10
181920212216 17
10111213 1415
12345
17181920
6789
16
20
12
19
11
18
10
17
9
16
8
15
7
14
6
13
5
12 34
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
H-38
H-39
H-40
H-41
H-42
H-43
H-44
H-45
H-46
H-47
H-48
H-49
H-49
H-50
H-51
H-52
H-53
H-54
H-55
H-56
12
5678910
34
2 1
12
56
910
1314
1516
1112
78
34
2
6543
1
9876
2019181716
5
1415
4
13
3
12
2
11
1
10
654
14131211
321
98710
15 123
78910 16
456
12131411
16 654
14131211
321
98710 15
1211
12
345678
910 1314
21
345678 91011121314
12
2 1
1234
5678
9101112
13 14 15 16
4321
8765
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
1098765
4321
12
1234
5678
9101112
13 14 15 16
12
56
910
1314
1516
1112
78
34
1234
5678
9101112
13 14 15 16
1 2
2 1
1234
5678
1
3456
2
10111213 1415
12345
17181920
6789
16
123
78910 11
4
12
5
13
6
14
NOT USED
(W/
TOD)
(W/
TOD)
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
12
34
12
34
No. Connector face No. Connector face
H-57
H-58
H-59
H-60
H-61
H-62
H-63
H-64
H-65
3
62
51
4
2 1
2 1
4 3
2
1
123
456
3
62
51
4
123
456
12
2 1
12
1
3
2
4
12
21
1 2
34
2
41
3
2
1
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
I-1
I-2
I-3
I-4
I-5
I-6
I-7
I-8
I-9
I-10
I-11
I-12
I-13
I-14
I-15
I-16
I-17
I-18
I-19
I-20
3
5867
4
12
3
5867
4
12
12
89
34 56 7
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
7
16
6
15
5
14
4
11
3
10
2
9
1
813 12
10
4
56789
12 3
1
3
2
645
123
456
2 1
12
1
2
1
2
3
5867
4
12
1
3
2
645
1
3
2
645
123
12
1234567 891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
1234
13 14
5678910
15 16 17 18 19 20
11 12 21 22
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED NOT USED
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
I-21
I-22
I-23
I-24
I-25
I-26
I-27
I-28
I-39
I-40
I-41
I-42
1 2 3
4 5 6
123
1
1
1
3456
2
12
1
3
2
645
12345
I-38
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
~
No. Connector face No. Connector face
K-1
K-2
12
2 1
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
L-1
L-2
L-3
L-4
L-5
L-6
23 1
12
21
123
1
12
12
12
3645
21
6543
12
21
No. Connector face No. Connector face
M-1
M-2
M-3
M-4
M-5
M-6
M-7
M-8
M-9
M-10
M-11
M-12
M-13
M-14
M-15
M-16
M-17
M-18
M-19
M-20
1
1
1
1
21
1234
1234
1234
1234
12
1
352
4
21
43
12
123
NOT USED
NOT USED NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
M-21
M-22
M-23
M-24
M-25
M-26
21
12
12
12
23
6758
14
1
5678 23
4
456
123
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
P-1
P-2
P-3
P-4
P-5
P-6
P-7
P-8
P-8
P-9
P-10
1
123
12
(6VE1)
(4JX1)
No. Connector face No. Connector face
R-1
R-2
R-3
R-4
R-5
R-6
R-7
R-8
R-9
R-10
R-11
R-12
R-13
R-14
R-15
R-16
R-17
R-18
12
12
2 1
12
1
3456
2
2
6543
1
1
3456
2
2
6543
1
1 2
34
1 2
34
12
2 1
2 1
2 1
1
2
321
123
1
1
2
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
S-1
S-2
S-3
S-4
S-5
1
23
1
2
1
32
1
2
1 2
34
1 2 3
4 5 6
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
T-1
T-2
T-3
T-4
T-5
T-6
T-7
T-8
T-9
T-10
T-11
T-12
T-13
12 67
43
98
5
10
2
1
1
3 2
1
2
2 1
4 3
2
1
2 1
4 3
1 2 3
4 5 6
12 45
3
6
1 2 3
4 5 6
12 45
3
6
1
2
2
1
67
1289
34
10
5
1
2
1
23
2
1
1
23
1
32
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
1 2
3 4
1
2
1 2
3 4
No. Connector face No. Connector face
U-1
U-2
U-3
U-4
U-5
U-6
12
21
123456789101112
1314 15 16 1718 19 20 2122 23 24
21
12
NOT USED
NOT USED
No. Connector face No. Connector face
X-1
X-2
X-3
X-4
X-5
X-6
X-7
X-8
X-9
X-10
X-11
X-12
X-13
X-14
X-15
X-16
X-17
X-17
X-18
X-19
12
34
12
34
1 2 3 4
24
13
65
24
13
65
54
13
2
54
13
2
54
13
2
54
13
2
12
34
12
34
23
1
12
34
12
34
NOT USED
NOT USED NOT USED
NOT USEDNOT USED
NOT USED
(6VE1)
(4JX1)
No. Connector face No. Connector face
X-20
X-21
X-22
X-23
12
34
12
34
12
34
12
34